• Top


• Abbr

 A अ   Ā आ _ Au औ   K क _ Ñ ञ   Ṭ ट _ N न   P प _ Ph फ   B ब _ M म   Y य _ V व   Ś श _ H ह 

 ←Ṭ–N   P  Paṭ  Pat  Pan  Padm  Param

 Pari  Parit  Parib  Pariv  Paris  Park  Pav

 Pā  Pāt  Pāp  Pāri  Pi  Pid  Pu  Pur  Puṣ  Pūr  Pṛś  Poṣ

 Pra  Prac  Prat  Prati  Pratijñ  Pratib  Pratiś  Pratī  Pratyav

 Prath  Pradh  Prabh  Pray  Pravi  Praś  Prast  Prā  Prāt  Prāv  Pre  Pro

 Ph  Phi  B–M→ 

Alphabet

pa 1. pa, the twenty-first consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and the first letter of the fifth or labial class, having the sound of the English p.
     pakāra pa-kāra, as, m. the letter or sound pa.
     pavarga pa-varga, as, m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants.

pa 2. pa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. pā), (at the end of a comp.), drinking; [cf. aneka-pa, ājya-pa, kṣīra-pa, &c.]

pa 3. pa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 3. pā), (at the end of a comp.), guarding, protecting, ruling; (ā), f. guarding, protection.

pa 4. pa, as, m. air, wind; a leaf; an egg.

paṃś paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati, paṃsati, paṃśayati, paṃsayati, &c., to destroy.

pakatha pakatha, as, m., N. of a man with the patronymic Saubhara.

pakkaṭī pakkaṭī, f. the tree Thespesia Populnea.

pakkaṇa pakkaṇa, as, m. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or of any outcast, the abode of a savage or barbarian; (incorrectly read pakvaṇa; cf. pakvaśa.)

paktapauḍa paktapauḍa, as, m. a species of plant (= pañca-kṛtya, pañca-rakṣaka, var-dhana; in Hindī = pakhauḍā).

paktavya paktavya. See rt. 2. pac, p. 521.

pakti pakti, pakva. See rt. 2. pac, p. 521.

pakvaśa pakvaśa, as, m., N. of a barbarous tribe; a Cāṇḍāla; [cf. pukkaśa, pukvasa, pakkaṇa.]

pakvāpakvā pakvāpakvā, an onomatopoetic word imitative of the cry of birds.

pakṣ pakṣ [cf. rt. 2. paś], cl. 1. 10. P. pakṣati, pakṣayati, &c., to take, seize, accept; to take a part or side; [cf. Zend paś, 'to bind:' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pac-i-sc-or, pāx, pac-i-o, pang-o, pig-nus, pā-lu-s: Goth. fah-an, 'to catch:' Mod. Germ. fang-en: Old Germ. fuog-a, ga-fuogi, 'apt;' gafag-yan, 'to satisfy;' fah, 'a shelf:' Bohem. pas, 'a girdle;' pas-mo, 'yarn.']

pakṣa pakṣa, as, m. (probably connected with the preceding, but by some regarded as an unreduplicated Desid. form of an unused rt. paj, fr. which pājas, 'strength', may be derived; in Uṇādi-s. III. 69. pak-ṣa is derived fr. rt. 1. paṇ), a wing, pinion, (in this sense also am, n.); symbolical expression for the number two; a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow; the flank or side (of a man &c.), the shoulder; the side of anything (as of a house, carriage, the head, hair, &c.); the wing or flank of an army, &c.; the half of anything; the half of a lunar month, a fortnight comprising fifteen days, (the half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or āpūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha; the other half was called apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra; and every half month is divided into fifteen Tithis, named prathamā, dvitīyā, &c.); a side, party, faction, a partisan, adherent, follower; a class, multitude, host, set, troop, number of adherents or friends (e. g. śatru-pakṣa, the enemy's side or [as an adj.] being on the enemy's side; mahā-pakṣa, one who has many adherents; deva-pakṣa-varāḥ, the most distinguished adherents of the gods; pakṣa-sammata, approved by a certain set of people); one of two cases, one side of an argument, an alternative, (pakṣe, on the other alternative, on the other hand); a case in general, a supposition, (pakṣāntare, in the other case, on the other supposition); a thesis, a point under investigation or discussion, a position advanced or argument to be maintained; (in logic) the subject of a syllogism or conclusion or inference; place, position; supposition, view, notion, idea, opinion (e. g. mu-khyaḥ pakṣaḥ, an excellent idea); state, condition; (in algebra) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division. According to the lexicographers the word has also the following meanings: the wall of a house; a wall; an army; favour; contradiction, opposition, rejoinder, reply; the ashpit of a fire-place, a royal elephant; a limb or member of the body; the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail; proximity, neighbourhood; a bracelet; purity, perfection. In composition with words signifying 'hair', pakṣa is said to mean 'quantity;' see keśa-pakṣa; [cf. pūrva-p-, uttara-p-, eka-p-, kāka-p-, kṛṣṇa-p-, &c.: cf. probably Gr. [greek] in [greek] Goth. fug-ls, 'a bird;' Mod. Germ. Vogel; Lith. panksh-tis; perhaps Lat. passer for paxer.]
     pakṣagama pakṣa-gama, as, ā, am, moving with or by means of wings, flying.
     pakṣagupta pakṣa-gupta, as, m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird.
     pakṣagrahaṇa pakṣa-gra-haṇa, am, n. choosing a party.
     pakṣagrāha pakṣa-grāha, as, ā, am, or pakṣa-grāhin, ī, iṇī, i, one who chooses a party.
     pakṣaghāta pakṣa-ghāta = pakṣāghāta, q. v.
     pakṣaghna pakṣa-ghna, as, ī, am, a Tri-śālaka having no hall towards the west.
     pakṣaṅgama pakṣaṅ-gama, as, ā, am, moving by means of wings, flying.
     pakṣacara pakṣa-cara, as, m. an elephant strayed from the herd; the moon; an attendant, a constant companion.
     pakṣacchid pakṣa-cchid, t, m. 'cutter of the wings' (of the mountains), an epithet of Indra.
     pakṣaja pakṣa-ja, as, ā, am, or pakṣa-janman, ā, ā, a, produced in a fortnight; (as or ā), m. the moon.
     pakṣatā pakṣa-tā, f. or pakṣa-tva, am, n. partisanship, alliance; adherence to a party; the being a part of; the taking up a side or argument; maintaining or defending a thesis; the essential nature of a proposition; the being the subject of a syllogism.
     pakṣadvaya pakṣa-dvaya, am, n. both sides of an argument, &c.; a month (two fortnights).
     pakṣadvāra pak-ṣa-dvāra, am, n. a side door, an inner or back door, a private entrance.
     pakṣadhara pakṣa-dhara, as, ā, am, having a side or wing, winged; taking the side or adhering to the party of any one (gen.); belonging to any party or faction, siding with any one (gen.); (as), m. a bird; a partisan, adherent; the moon; an elephant that has strayed from the herd.
     pakṣanāḍī pakṣa-nāḍī, f. a quill.
     pakṣapāta pakṣa-pāta, as, m. 'falling of the feathers', the moulting of birds (considered to proceed from fever); the act of taking the side or adhering to the party of any one (gen.); siding with any one (gen.); adopting a side or argument whether right or wrong, attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality for (with loc. or gen.); a partisan, adherent.
     pakṣapātakṛtasneha pakṣapāta-kṛta-sneha, as, ā, am, manifesting party attachment, sympathising.
     pakṣapātitā pakṣapāti-tā, f. or pakṣapāti-tva, am, n. partisanship, adherence to a side or party, partiality, friendship, fellowship, faction, factiousness.
     pakṣapātin pakṣa-pātin, ī, inī, i, taking the side or adhering to the party (of any one), siding with, favouring a party; (ī), m. a partisan, friend, adherent, follower.
     pakṣapāli pak-ṣa-pāli, is, m. a private or back door.
     pakṣapuṭa pakṣa-puṭa, as, m. a wing.
     pakṣapoṣaṇa pakṣa-poṣaṇa, as, ī, am, fostering or favouring a party, factious.
     pakṣapradyota pak-ṣa-pradyota, am, n., N. of a peculiar position of the hands in dancing.
     pakṣabala pakṣa-bala, am, n. strength of wing.
     pakṣabhāga pakṣa-bhāga, as, m. the side or flank, especially the flank of an elephant.
     pakṣabhukti pakṣa-bhukti, is, f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight.
     pakṣabheda pakṣa-bheda, as, m. distinction between two sides of an argument; the difference between the two halves of a lunar month.
     pakṣamūla pakṣa-mūla, am, n. the root or articulation of a wing.
     pakṣaracanā pakṣa-racanā, f. forming a party or faction.
     pakṣavañcitaka pakṣa-vañcitaka, as, m. a peculiar position of the hands in dancing.
     pakṣavat pakṣa-vat, ān, atī, at, winged; having flanks; having a side or party, firmly adhering to or having a predilection for any one; belonging to a good family, of good extraction (?).
     pakṣavāda pakṣa-vāda, as, m. expression of opinion, stating a case; ex parte statement.
     pakṣavāhana pakṣa-vāhana, as, m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird.
     pakṣavindu pakṣa-vindu, us, m., 'wingspot', a heron.
     pakṣavyāpin pakṣa-vyāpin, ī, inī, i, embracing the whole of an argument or thesis.
     pakṣaśas pak-ṣa-śas, ind. by or for half months or fortnights.
     pakṣasundara pakṣa-sundara, as, m. a species of tree; [cf. lodhra.]
     pakṣahata pakṣa-hata, as, ā, am, paralysed on one side.
     pakṣahara pakṣa-hara, as, m. a bird; (perhaps a wrong reading for pakṣa-dhara, 'possessing wings.')
     pakṣahoma pakṣa-homa, as, m. (probably) an oblation to be offered every half month.
     pakṣākāra pakṣākāra (-ṣa-āk-), as, ā, am, wing-shaped.
     pakṣāghāta pakṣā-ghāta (-ṣa-āgh-), as, m. 'side-stroke', paralysis or palsy of one side, hemiplegia; refutation of an argument or view.
     pakṣānta pakṣānta (-ṣa-an-), as, m. the fifteenth and last day of either half month, new or full moon; the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird.
     pakṣāntara pakṣāntara (-ṣa-an-), am, n. another side or part, another or different view of an argument, another supposition.
     pakṣābhāsa pakṣābhāsa (-ṣa-ābh-), as, m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint.
     pakṣāvasara pakṣāvasara (-ṣa-av-), as, m. the last day of either half month, day of new or full moon.
     pakṣāhati pakṣāhati (-ṣa-āh-), is, f. a stroke with the wings.
     pakṣāhāra pak-ṣāhāra (-ṣa-āh-), as, ā, am, one who eats food only once in a half month.
     pakṣīkṛ pakṣī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to make anything the subject of an argument or syllogism.
     pakṣodgrāhin pakṣod-grāhin (-ṣa-ud-), ī, iṇī, i, showing partiality, taking a side or adopting a party.

pakṣaka pakṣaka, as, m. a side door, a private or back door; a side; a sidesman; an associate, a confederate or partisan, (at the end of comps. used for pakṣa.)

pakṣati pakṣati, is, f. the root or insertion of a wing, the pit of a bird's wing; the first day of the half month.

pakṣas pakṣas, as, n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pac), a wing; the side part of a carriage; the leaf of a door; the wing of an army; a half, a division; a half month; the side or shore of a river; a side.

pakṣālikā pakṣālikā, f., N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda.

pakṣālu pakṣālu, us, m. a bird.

pakṣi pakṣi, is, m. (curtailed form for pakṣin), a bird.

pakṣin pakṣin, ī, iṇī, i, winged, (figuratively) furnished with wings; taking the side or adhering to the party (of any one); siding with; (ī), m. a day with the two nights enclosing it; the bird Garuḍa as one of the eighteen attendants of the Sun; an arrow; an epithet of Śiva; (ī, iṇī), m. f. a bird; (iṇī), f. (with or without rātri) a night with the two days enclosing it; the day of full moon; N. of a Śākinī; [cf. Lith. pauksh-tis, 'a bird;' Goth. fug-ls, 'a bird;' Angl. Sax. fug-ul; Mod. Germ. Vogel; probably Lat. passer for paxer.]
     pakṣikīṭa pakṣi-kīṭa, as, m. 'bird-insect', an insectlike bird, an insignificant species of bird.
     pakṣitīrtha pakṣi-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place.
     pakṣipati pakṣi-pati, is, m. 'the prince of birds', an epithet of Sampāti.
     pakṣipānīyaśālikā pakṣipānīya-śālikā, f. a trough or reservoir for watering birds, cattle, &c.
     pakṣipuṅgava pakṣi-puṅgava, as, m. 'a bull among the birds', an epithet of Jaṭāyu.
     pakṣipravara pakṣi-pravara, as, m. 'the most excellent among the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa.
     pakṣibālaka pakṣi-bālaka, as, m. a young bird.
     pakṣimṛgatā pakṣi-mṛga-tā, f. (fr. pakṣin and mṛga), the form or condition of a bird or of a beast.
     pakṣirāj pakṣi-rāj, ṭ, or pakṣi-rāja, as, m. 'king of the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa or of Jaṭāyu.
     pakṣirājya pak-ṣi-rājya, am, n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes.
     pakṣiśālā pakṣi-śālā, f. 'bird-house', an aviary, a nest.
     pakṣiśāvaka pakṣi-śāvaka, as, m. a young bird.
     pakṣisiṃha pakṣi-siṃha, as, m. 'lion among the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa, the bird and vehicle of Viṣṇu.
     pakṣisvāmin pakṣi-svāmin, ī, m. 'lord or master of the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa.
     pakṣīndra pakṣīndra (-ṣi-in-), as, m. 'prince of the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa.

pakṣila pakṣila, as, m. (with svāmin) an epithet of the saint Vātsyāyana.
     pakṣilasvāmin pakṣila-svāmin, ī, m. an epithet of Vātsyāyana who is identified with Cāṇakya.

pakṣīya pakṣīya, as, ā, am (at the end of a comp.), belonging to a side, siding with, taking the side or adhering to the party of any one.

pakṣman pakṣman, a, n. an eyelash; the filament of a flower; the point of a thread, a thin thread; the leaf of a flower; a wing; a whisker.
     pakṣmakopa pakṣma-kopa or pakṣma-prakopa, as, m. irritation produced in the eye by the eyelashes turning inwards (Entropium).
     pakṣmākṣa pakṣmākṣa (-ma-akṣa), as, ī, am, having an eyelash or eyelashes in the eye (suffering from Entropium).

pakṣmala pakṣmala, as, ā, am, having strong or long eyelashes; having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy.

pakṣya pakṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. descended from Paksha (i. e. according to Sāy. the Sun); changing every half month; produced or occurring in a fortnight; belonging to a side, siding with, taking part with; lateral.

pakṣṇu pakṣṇu. See p. 522, col. 1.

pakṣman pakṣman. See above.

paṅka paṅka, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pac or pañc), mud, mire, dirt, clay; a slough, a quagmire; ointment, unguent; moral impurity, sin; [cf. niṣ-paṅka, nīla-p-.]
     paṅkakarvaṭa paṅka-karvaṭa, as, m. soft mud, especially such as is left by the retiring of floods or on the banks of a river, alluvium, a marsh, a quagmire.
     paṅkakīra paṅka-kīra, as, m. an aquatic bird, a lap-wing.
     paṅkakrīḍa paṅka-krīḍa, as, ā, am, wallowing or sporting in mud; (as), m. a pig; (also paṅka-krīḍanaka, as, m.)
     paṅkagaḍaka paṅka-gaḍaka, as, m. or paṅka-gati, is, f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus.
     paṅkagrāha paṅka-grāha, as, m. the marine monster Makara, q. v.
     paṅkacchid paṅka-cchid, t, m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water).
     paṅkaja paṅka-ja, am, n. 'mudborn', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (or rather its flower which closes in the evening); (as), m. an epithet of Brahmā, (incorrect for paṅkaja-ja, 'lotus-born'); (ī), f. an epithet of Durgā.
     paṅkajajanman paṅkaja-janman, ā, m. 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā.
     paṅkajanābha paṅkaja-nābha, as, ā, am, 'having a lotus springing from his navel', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     paṅkajanman paṅka-janman, a, n. = paṅka-ja.
     paṅkajapattra paṅkaja-pattra, am, n. the leaf of a lotus.
     paṅkajapattranetra paṅkajapattra-netra, as, ā, am, having eyes like lotus-leaves.
     paṅkajāvalī paṅkajāvalī (-ja-āv-), f. a particular metre; [cf. paṅkāvalī.]
     paṅkajit paṅka-jit, t, m., N. of a son of Garuḍa.
     paṅkajinī paṅkajinī, f. (fr. paṅkajin which is fr. paṅka-ja), Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant itself), a group of such lotuses, a lotus pool, a pool or pond where the lotus grows or a place abounding with that flower; the flexible stalk of a water-lily.
     paṅkatā paṅka-tā, f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness.
     paṅkadigdha paṅka-digdha, as, ā, am, besmeared with mud, soiled with dirt.
     paṅkadigdhaśarīra paṅkadigdha-śarīra, as, m. 'having a mudsmeared body', N. of a Dānava; (also read as if two names, paṅka-digdha and śarīra.)
     paṅkadigdhāṅga paṅkadig-dhāṅga (-dha-aṅ-), as, m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda.
     paṅkaprabhā paṅka-prabhā, f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the seven divisions of hell (where mud or mire takes the place of light).
     paṅkabhāj paṅka-bhāj, k, k, k, sunk in the mire.
     paṅkabhāraka paṅka-bhāraka, as, ā, am, laden with mud, muddy.
     paṅkamajjana paṅka-majjana, am, n. immersion in mud.
     paṅkamaṇḍūka paṅka-maṇḍūka, as, m. a bivalve conch; (also wrongly read -maṇḍūka.)
     paṅkamaya paṅka-maya, as, ī, am, full of mud or mire, muddy.
     paṅkaruh paṅka-ruh, ṭ, or paṅka-ruha, am, n. 'mud-growing', a lotus.
     paṅkavat paṅka-vat, ān, atī, at, muddy, covered with mud.
     paṅkavāsa paṅka-vāsa, as, m. 'dwelling in mud', a crab.
     paṅkaśukti paṅka-śukti, is, f. 'mud-shell', a particular species of muscle or cockle (the stair-case shell, spinnet shell).
     paṅkasūraṇa paṅka-sūraṇa, as, m. 'mudroot', the fibrous edible root of a lotus; (also written paṅka-śūraṇa, paṅka-ṣūraṇa.)
     paṅkeja paṅke-ja, am, n. 'born in the mud', a lotus.
     paṅkeruha paṅke-ruha, am, n. 'growing in mud', a lotus; (as), m. the Indian crane (as a synonym of puṣkara).
     paṅkeśaya paṅke-śaya, as, ā, am, resting or dwelling in mud.

paṅkāra paṅkāra, as, m. the aquatic plant Blyxa Octandra or Vallisneria (= śaivala); the aquatic plant Trapa Bispinosa (= jala-kubjaka); a dam, dike, or raised bank forming a path amidst inundated fields; stairs, steps, a ladder.

paṅkāvalī paṅkāvalī, f. = paṅkajāvalī (of which it may be a contraction).

paṅkin paṅkin, ī, inī, i (at the end of a comp.), muddy, filled or covered with mud; [cf. mala-p-.]

paṅkila paṅkila, as, ā, am, muddy, dirty, clayey; (as), m. a boat, canoe.

paṅkaṇa paṅkaṇa, wrong form for pakkaṇa, q. v.

paṅkavāri paṅka-vāri. See pakva-vāri.

paṅkti paṅkti, is, ī, f. (connected with pañ-can), a row or line or set of five, a collection of five, the number five; a sort of fivefold metre consisting of five Pādas of eight syllables each; (in the later literature) any stanza of four times ten syllables (or of four lines, each line consisting of ten syllables); the number ten, (sometimes in comp., cf. rāvaṇa-śiraḥ-p-, paṅkti-grīva, paṅkti-ratha); a line, range, row, series; a group, flock, troop; a heap; a row of people sitting down to a meal, a company, society, assembly, party; a company of persons of the same caste; the living generation; the earth; cooking, maturing, (incorrectly for pakti); fame, celebrity (for pakti); [cf. akṣara-p-, āstāra-p-, pada-p-, prastāra-p-.]
     paṅktikaṇṭaka paṅkti-kaṇṭaka, 'having rows of thorns (?)', a white-flowering Achyranthes.
     paṅktigrīva paṅkti-grīva, as, m. 'ten-necked', an epithet of Rāvaṇa; [cf. paṅkti-ratha.]
     paṅkticara paṅkti-cara, as, m. 'going in lines', an osprey.
     paṅktidūṣa paṅkti-dūṣa or -dūṣaka, as, ā, am, defiling or contaminating any society or company of persons; (as), m. an improper person with whom to associate, (opposed to paṅkti-pāvana.)
     paṅktidoṣa paṅkti-doṣa, as, m. a bane of society, anything which defiles or contaminates a company, what spoils a society.
     paṅktipāvana paṅkti-pāvana, as, ā, am, purifying a society or company of persons, (opposed to paṅkti-dūṣa); (as), m. a respectable or eminent person.
     paṅktiratha paṅkti-ratha, as, m. 'having ten chariots', a N. of Daśa-ratha, the father of Rāmacandra.
     paṅktirādhas paṅkti-rādhas, ās, ās, as, Ved. (a sacrifice) containing fivefold gifts; (Sāy.) abounding in properly presented oblations.
     paṅktivīja paṅkti-vīja, as, m. a species of plant (= varvūra).
     paṅktīkṛta paṅktī-kṛta, as, ā, am, associated in groups.
     paṅktyuttara paṅkty-uttara, as, ā, am, having a Paṅkti at the end.

paṅktikā paṅktikā, f. a row, line, (in akṣara-paṅktikā, a row of letters.)

paṅgu paṅgu, us, ūs or vī, u (perhaps fr. apa-aṅga, said to be connected with rt. 1. khañj), lame, crippled, halt, one who has lost his legs, &c.; (us), m. the planet Saturn (as moving slowly); an epithet of Nirjita-varman.
     paṅgugrāha paṅgu-grāha, as, m. the sea-monster Makara, q. v. [cf. paṅka-grāha, as,]; one of the signs of the zodiac, see makara.
     paṅgutā paṅgu-tā, f. or paṅgu-tva, am, n. lameness, deformity, mutilation.
     paṅgutvahāriṇī paṅgutva-hāriṇī, f. a species of shrub (= śimṛḍī).

paṅguka paṅguka, as, ā, am, = paṅgu, lame.

paṅgula paṅgula, as, ā, am, lame, crippled; (as), m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour; (am?), n. lameness (?).

pac 1. pac or pañc, cl. 1. P. A. pacati, -te, pañcati, -te, &c., to make clear or evident: Caus. pañcayati, &c., to explain or state fully, amplify; to spread.

pañcā pañcā, f. spreading.

pac 2. pac, cl. 1. P. A. pacati, -te, pa-pāca (papaktha or pecitha), pece (perf. part. pecivas, f. pecuṣī), pakṣyati, -te, apākṣīt, apakta (Vedic forms pakṣat, apeciran, peciran), paktum (Ved. paktave), to cook, dress food, bake, roast, boil; to melt (metals &c.); to bake or burn (bricks); to digest; to ripen, mature, bring to maturity; (figuratively) to bring to perfection or completion; to develop anything (acc.) into another state (acc.); to cook for one's self (A.): Pass. pac-yate, to be cooked; to become ripe or mature, to ripen; to arrive at completion or perfection (Mahābh. Anuśāsana-p. 6205); to be developed; to be inflamed: Caus. pācayati, -yitum, Aor. apīpacat, to cause to be cooked, to have cooked, have dressed (as food), to cook; to cause to ripen, to bring to maturity or perfection, bring to completion, bring to an end; to cure, heal; (A. -te), to cause to cook for one's self: Pass. of Caus. pācyate, to be cooked: Desid. pipakṣati: Intens. pāpacyate, pāpacīti, to be much cooked, to cook very much, burn excessively; (figuratively) to be much afflicted: Desid. of the Intens. pāpaciṣati, -te; [cf. Zend pac, 'to cook:' Gr. [greek] [greek] for [greek] for [greek] [greek] Lat. coqu-o, coquu-s, cu-līna, co-quina = pop-īna: Slav. pek-a, 'I cook;' pesh-ti, 'a stove:' Lith. kep-ti, 'to bake.']

paktavya paktavya, as, ā, am, to be cooked or dressed, to be baked; to be matured; to be digested.

pakti pakti, is, f. cooking, preparing food; food or any dish of cooked food (Ved.); digesting, digestion; the place of digestion; becoming ripe, ripening; development; respectability, dignity, fame.
     paktiśūla pakti-śūla, am, n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic.
     paktisthāna pakti-sthāna, am, n. the place of digestion.

paktṛ paktṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, who or what cooks, cooking, a cook; digestive, promoting digestion; who or what ripens, ripening.

paktra paktra, am, n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire; the sacred fire perpetually maintained by the householder.

paktrima paktrima, as, ā, am, prepared by cooking, cooked; obtained by boiling (as salt); ripe, ripened, matured.

paktvā paktvā, ind. having cooked or dressed; having matured, &c.

paktha paktha, as, m., Ved. (according to Sāy.) one who cooks the oblation; N. of a man protected by the Aśvins; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people.

pakthin pakthin, ī, inī, i, Ved. (according to Sāy.) cooking the oblation.

pakva pakva, as, ā, am (past pass. part.), cooked, roasted, boiled, prepared on the fire, (opposed to āma); warmed, (dvi-pakva, warmed up again); baked or burnt (as bricks, porcelain, &c.); digested; mature, ripe, ripened, matured (as fruits or corn or as the milk in an udder); ready to discharge matter or suppurate; ripe (as a boil); grey (as the hair); come to perfection, accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character, &c.), shrewd, experienced; ripe for destruction; on the eve of decay, near to death, perishing, decaying; (am), n. cooked food; [cf. niṣ-p-, pari-p-, &c.; cf. also Gr. [greek]]
     pakvakaṣāya pakva-kaṣāya, as, ā, am, having passion destroyed.
     pakvakṛt pakva-kṛt, t, t, t, cooking, maturing, dressing food; (t), m. the tree Azadirachta Indica (= nimba), the leaves of which are applied to certain swellings to induce suppuration.
     pakvakeśa pakva-keśa, as, ī, am, grey-haired.
     pakvatā pakva-tā, f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair).
     pakvarasa pakva-rasa, as, m. wine or any intoxicating liquor.
     pakvavat pakva-vat, ān, atī, at, one who has cooked, &c.
     pakvavāri pakva-vāri, n. sour rice-gruel, the water of boiled rice (= kāñjika); boiling water; distilled water; (also read paṅka-vāri.)
     pakvasasyopamonnati pakva-sasyopamonnati (-sya-upama-un-) = rāja-ka-damba.
     pakvātisāra pakvātisāra (-va-at-), as, m. chronic dysentery.
     pakvādhāna pakvādhāna (-va-ādh-), am, n. or pakvāśaya (-va-āś-), as, m. the receptacle for digested food, the place of digestion, the stomach, belly, abdomen; [cf. āmāśaya.]
     pakvānna pakvānna (-va-an-), am, n. cooked or dressed food.
     pakveṣṭakacita pakveṣ-ṭaka-cita, am, n. (a building) constructed with burnt bricks, (Pāṇ. VI. 3, 65.)
     pakveṣṭakā pakveṣṭakā (-va-iṣ-), f. a burnt or baked brick.

pakṣṇu pakṣṇu, us, us, u, who or what cooks or matures, cooking, maturing.

pac 3. pac, k, k, k (at the end of a comp.), cooking, baking.

paca paca, as, ā, am, cooking, baking, roasting; digesting [cf. alpam-paca, iṣṭi-p-, kim-p-, duṣ-p-, &c.]; (as, ā), m. f. cooking, maturing, &c.

pacaka pacaka, as, m. a cook, cooking, baking.

pacat pacat, an, antī, at, cooking, boiling, roasting, ripening, &c.
     pacatpuṭa pacat-puṭa, as, m. the tree Hibiscus Phoeniceus.

pacata pacata, as, ā, am, cooked, dressed, boiled, ripe, mature; (as), m. the sun; fire; a N. of Indra; (am), n. cooked food.
     pacatabhṛjjatā pacata-bhṛjjatā, f. continual baking and roasting.

pacatikalpa pacati-kalpa, as, ā, am, or (am), ind. almost cooked or ripened, (also in a similar sense pacati-deśya and pacati-deśīya.)

pacatya pacatya, as, ā, am, Ved. cooked, dressed (as food), ripe.

pacana pacana, as, ā, am, cooking, roasting, maturing [cf. eṇī-p-]; (as), m. fire; (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening; (ī), f. the wild citron tree, = vana-vīja-pūraka; (am), n. the act of cooking, a means or instrument for cooking, fuel, a cooking utensil, a vessel, a frying-pan, &c.; cooking, dressing, boiling; ripening, maturing; becoming cooked, becoming ripe.

pacanika pacanika (gender doubtful), a pan.

pacapaca paca-paca, as, ā, am, (probably) 'continually bringing to maturity', an epithet of Śiva.

pacaprakūṭā paca-prakūṭā, see Gaṇa Mayūra-vyaṃsakādi to Pāṇ. II. 1, 72.

pacamāna pacamāna, as, ā, am, cooking, in the act of cooking or ripening.

pacampacā pacam-pacā, f. (reduplicated form fr. rt. 2. pac), a species of Curcuma, C. Aromatica or C. Xanthorrhiza.

pacalavaṇā paca-lavaṇā, f. constant boiling of salt, (paca is 2nd sing. impv., and the comp. belongs to the Gaṇa Mayūra-vyaṃsakādi.)

pacāna pacāna, as, ā, am (anomalous form of the pres. part. A.), cooking, preparing food, (see Mahā-bh. Vana-p. 13239, and cf. kim-p-.)

paci paci, is, m. fire; cooking, maturing.

pacelima pacelima, as, ā, am, being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly; fit to cook or ripen, fit to be matured; (as), m. Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean; fire; the sun.

paceluka paceluka, as, m. a cook.

pacya pacya, as, ā, am, becoming ripe, ripening, (see kṛṣṭa-p- and cf. pākya.)

pacyamāna pacyamāna, as, ā, am, being cooked, being in the act of ripening, being baked, being melted, being under digestion, being matured.

pācyamāna pācyamāna, as, ā, am, being cooked.

pacchabda pac-chabda, paj-ja, &c. See under 3. pad, p. 529, col. 3.

pajjhaṭikā pajjhaṭikā, f. a kind of metre; a small bell.

pajra pajra, as, ā, am, Ved. (perhaps) stout, fat, corpulent, in good condition, in good plight; wealthy, rich; (Sāy.) powerful, strong, rich in food; pajrāyā garbhaḥ, 'the son or child of the fat one', = the Soma; (ās), m. pl. (according to Sāy.) an epithet of the Aṅgirasas or of the family of Kakṣīvat; (am), n., N. of a Sāman.
     pajrahoṣin pajra-hoṣin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. (perhaps) having rich oblations; (Sāy.) for whom the acclamation of praise (ghoṣa) is prepared.

pajriya pajriya, as, m. an epithet of Kakṣīvat.

pañc pañc. See rt. 1. pac, p. 521, col. 3.

pañcan pañcan, a, m. f. n. pl. (said to be fr. rt. pañc; originally the spreading out of the hand to represent the number by the five fingers), five. In the Veda pañca svasāraḥ, the five sisters = the fingers; dviḥ pañca svasāraḥ = the ten fingers; pañca kṣi-tīnām, the five classes of dwellers on the earth = the four castes and the Niṣādas, Ṛg-veda 1. 7, 9; [cf. 1. kṣiti, carṣaṇi, kṛṣṭi, jana; cf. also Ved. pañca-tha = Zend pukh-dha = Gr. [greek] [greek] Zend pañcan; Gr. [greek] Aeol. [greek] Lat. quinque, quinc-tu-s or quin-tu-s, Quinct-īli-s; Goth. fimf; Mod. Germ. fünf; Lith. pan-ti; Hib. cuig; Cambro-Brit. pump.]
     pañcakapāla pañca-kapāla, as, ī, am, Ved. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, a particular ceremony in which ghee is offered in five cups.
     pañcakarṇa pañca-karṇa, as, ā, am, (perhaps) branded in the ear with the number five (as cattle), see Pāṇ. VI. 3, 115.
     pañcakarpaṭa pañca-karpaṭa, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     pañcakarman pañca-karman, a, n. (in medicine) five kinds of treatment, viz. giving emetics, purging, giving sternutatories, and administering enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily.
     pañcakaṣāya pañca-kaṣāya, as, m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of five plants, the Jambu, Śālmali, Vāṭyāla, Vakula, and Badara; (for the five Kaṣāyas of the Buddhists see under kaṣāya.)
     pañcakaṣāyaja pañcakaṣāya-ja or pañca-kaṣāyottha (-ya-ut-), as, ā, am, produced from the above decoction.
     pañcakāpittha pañca-kāpittha, as, ī, am, prepared with the five products of the Kapittha tree or Feronia Elephantum, (perhaps leaves, blossom, fruit, gum, and bark.)
     pañcakṛtya pañca-kṛtya, as, m. a species of plant (= pakta-pauḍa).
     pañcakṛtvas pañca-kṛt-vas, ind. five times.
     pañcakṛṣṇa pañca-kṛṣṇa, as, m. 'having five black spots', a species of poisonous insect.
     pañcakṛṣṇalaka pañca-kṛṣṇalaka, as, ā, am, comprising five Kṛṣṇalas.
     pañcakoṇa pañca-koṇa, as, m. 'having five angles', a pentagon.
     pañcakola pañca-kola, am, n. the five spices, viz. long pepper (kaṇā), its root (kaṇā-mūla), Chai or Piper Chaba (cavya), plumbago (agni), and dry ginger (nāgara).
     pañcakoṣa pañca-koṣa, ās, m. pl. the five sheaths or cases supposed to invest the soul; see under kośa.
     pañcakrama pañca-krama, N. of a work ascribed to Nāgārjuna.
     pañcakrośamāhātmya pañca-krośa-mā-hātmya, am, n., N. of a poem.
     pañcakrośī pañca-krośī, f. (probably) a distance of five Krośas.
     pañcakṣāra pañca-kṣāra, am, n. = pañca-lavaṇa.
     pañcakhaṭva pañca-khaṭva, am, ī, n. f. a collection of five bedsteads.
     pañcagaṅga pañca-gaṅga, ās, m. pl., N. of a place (Mahā-bh. Droṇap. 2095).
     pañcagaṇayoga pañca-gaṇa-yoga, as, m. a collective name of the five plants Vidārī-gandhā, Bṛhatī, Pṛśni-parṇī, Nidigdhikā, and Śva-daṃṣṭrā.
     pañcagata pañca-gata, as, ā, am, (in algebra) raised to the fifth power, (lit. arrived at five.)
     pañcagava pañca-gava, am, ī, n. f. a collection of five cows.
     pañcagavadhana pañcagava-dhana, as, ā, am, whose property consists of five cows.
     pañcagavya pañca-gavya, am, n. five products of the cow, viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, urine, and cow-dung.
     pañcagu pañca-gu, us, us, u, bought with five cows.
     pañcaguṇa pañca-guṇa, as, ā, am, five times, fivefold.
     pañcagupta pañca-gupta, as, ā, am, covered or protected in a fivefold manner, having five members covered or concealed; (as), m. a tortoise, turtle (as drawing in its four feet and head under its shell; cf. pañ-cāṅga-gupta); the materialistic system of the Cārvākas.
     pañcaguptirasā pañca-gupti-rasā, f. a species of vegetable, Medicago Esculenta (Trigonella Corniculata).
     pañcagṛhīta pañ-ca-gṛhīta, as, ā, am, Ved. taken or taken up five times.
     pañcagoṇi pañca-goṇi, is, is, i, containing five Droṇas (?), see Pāṇ. I. 2, 50.
     pañcagrāmī pañca-grāmī, f. a collection of five villages.
     pañcacatvāriṃśa pañca-catvāriṃśa, as, ī, am, the 45th.
     pañcacatvāriṃśat pañca-catvāriṃśat, t, f., 45.
     pañcacandra pañca-candra, as, m., N. of a man.
     pañcacāmara pañca-cāmara, am, n., N. of a metre consisting of four lines of sixteen syllables each; of another metre of four lines each containing nineteen syllables.
     pañcacitika pañca-citika, as, ā, am, Ved. piled up in five tiers or layers.
     pañcacīra pañca-cīra, as, m. a Buddhist saint and legislator, also named Mañju-śrī, apparently the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal.
     pañcacūḍa pañca-cūḍa, as, ā, am, 'five-crested', having five tufts of hair; (ā), f., N. of an Apsaras or nymph of heaven.
     pañcacola pañca-cola, N. of a part of the Himālaya range.
     pañcajana pañca-jana, ās, m. pl. the five kinds or classes of beings, viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsarasas, serpents, and Pitṛs; man, mankind; N. of a demon who lived in the sea in the form of a conch shell which was formed of his bones, (he was slain by Kṛṣṇa, who took the conch shell, thence called Pāñcajanya, and used it as his horn, see Viṣṇu-Purāṇa V. 21); N. of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛti; of a Prajā-pati; of a son of Sagara by Keśinī; of a son of Sṛñjaya and father of Soma-datta; (ī), f. an assemblage or aggregate of five persons; N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata.
     pañcajanālaya pañ-cajanālaya (-na-āl-), as, ā, am, an epithet of the Ābhīras, (perhaps so called as living where the demon Pañca-jana lived.)
     pañcajanīna pañcajanīna, as, ā, am, devoted to the five races; (as), m. an actor, a mimic, a buffoon; the chief of five men.
     pañcajanīya pañca-janīya, as, ā, am, consecrated to or intended for the five classes of beings.
     pañcajñāna pañca-jñāna, as, m. 'possessing the five kinds of knowledge', a Buddha or Buddhist sanctified teacher.
     pañcatakṣa pañca-takṣa, am, ī, n. f. a collection of five carpenters.
     pañcatattva pañca-tattva, am, n. the five elements collectively, see under tattva; (in the Tantras) the five essentials (all beginning with ma, cf. pañca-ma-kāra), viz. wine (madya), meat (māṃsa), fish (matsya), mystic intertwining of the fingers (mudrā), and sexual intercourse (maithuna).
     pañcatantra pañca-tantra, am, n., N. of a well-known collection of moral stories and fables in five books or chapters (tantra) from which the author of the Hitopadeśa drew a large portion of his materials.
     pañcatantraka pañcatantraka, am, n., N. of a work consisting of five sections, (see the preceding.)
     pañcatanmātra pañca-tanmātra, am, n. the five subtile rudiments of the five elements; see tan-mātra.
     pañcatapas pañ-ca-tapas, ās, m. an ascetic who in the hot weather sits between four fires placed towards the four quarters with the burning sun above (Manu VI. 23).
     pañcatā pañ-ca-tā, f. or pañca-tva, am, n. fivefoldness, fivefold state; the aggregate of five, a collection of five things; the five elements collectively (viz. earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa); separation into the five elements of which the body consists, death, dissolution.
     pañcatāra pañca-tāra, as, ā, am, five-starred.
     pañcatikta pañ-ca-tikta, am, n. five bitter things (viz. Nimba, Amṛtā, Vṛṣa, Paṭola, and Nidigdhikā).
     pañcatīrthī pañca-tīrthī, f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (especially Viśrānti, Śaukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara); N. of a sacred bathing-place; bathing on the day of the equinox (?).
     pañcatriṃśa pañca-triṃśa, as, ī, am, the 35th.
     pañcatriṃśat pañca-triṃśat, t, f. or pañca-triṃśati, is, f., 35.
     pañcatva pañca-tva, see pañca-tā above.
     pañcadaka pañca-daka, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     pañcadaśa pañca-daśa, as, ī, am, the 15th; consisting of 15; joined with or increased by 15 (e. g. pañca-daśaṃ sahasram, 1015); containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma or connected with it; (ī), f., scil. tithi, the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon; N. of a book (belonging to the Uttara-mīmāṃsā) consisting of 15 chapters.
     pañcadaśakṛtvas pañcadaśa-kṛtvas, ind., 15 times.
     pañcadaśadhā pañcadaśa-dhā, ind. in or into 15 parts or ways.
     pañcadaśan pañca-daśan, a, m. f. n. pl., 15.
     pañcadaśama pañcadaśama, as, ī, am, the 15th.
     pañcadaśavat pañcadaśa-vat, ān, atī, at, possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma.
     pañcadaśāha pañcadaśāha (-śa-aha), as, m. a period of 15 days.
     pañcadaśāhika pañcadaśāhika, as, ī, am, lasting 15 days.
     pañcadaśin pañcadaśin, ī, inī, i, consisting of 15, or of 15 parts.
     pañcadaśīsamāsa pañcadaśī-samāsa, as, m., N. of a work by Rāma-kṛṣṇa.
     pañcadāman pañca-dāman, ā, mnī, a, Ved. having five cords.
     pañcadīrgha pañca-dīrgha, am, n. the five long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly [according to the Buddhists, the knees], nose, and breast).
     pañcadhā pañ-ca-dhā, ind. in five ways, in five parts, fivefold.
     pañcanakha pañca-nakha, as, ā, am, five-clawed, having five nails; (as), m. any animal having five claws or toes; an elephant; a tiger; a tortoise.
     pañcanada pañca-nada, am, n. (according to Pāṇ. II. 1, 20, an Avyayī-bhāva comp.), the Pañjāb or country of five rivers, viz. the Śata-dru (Sutluj), Vipāśā (Beas), Irā-vatī (Ravee), Candra-bhāgā (Chenab), and Vitastā (Jhelum or Behut); N. of a river produced by the junction of the five rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu; N. of a Tīrtha near the spot where the Kiraṇā and Dhūta-pāpa fall into the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvatī; (as), m. a prince of Pañca-nada; N. of an Asura; N. of a preceptor; (ās), m. pl. the inhabitants of Pañca-nada.
     pañcanadatīrtha pañca-nada-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place.
     pañcanavata pañcanavata, as, ī, am, the 95th.
     pañcanavati pañca-navati, is, f., 95.
     pañcanavatitama pañcanavati-tama, as, ī, am, the 95th.
     pañcanāman pañca-nāman, ā, mnī, a, having five names.
     pañcanidhana pañca-nidhana, am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     pañcanimba pañca-nimba, am, n. the five products of the Azadirachta Indica (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root).
     pañcanīrājana pañca-nīrājana, am, n. waving four things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate.
     pañcapakṣin pañca-pakṣin, ī, m., N. of a small book ascribed to Śiva containing prophecies, in which the five vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with five birds; (also -pakṣi or -pakṣin, n.)
     pañcapañcanakha pañca-pañca-nakha, as, m. five species of animals allowed to be killed and eaten, the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise.
     pañcapañcāśa pañca-pañcāśa, as, ī, am, the 55th.
     pañcapañcāśat pañca-pañcāśat, t, f., 55.
     pañcapañcin pañ-ca-pañcin, ī, inī, i, Ved. having five parts, fivefold.
     pañcapattra pañca-pattra, as, m. 'five-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda.
     pañcapad pañca-pad or pañca-pād, pāt, pāt or padī, pāt, consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; (padī), f., N. of a river in Śāka-dvīpa.
     pañcapada pañca-pada, as, ā, am, Ved. containing five Padas; (ī), f. 'only five steps', a term expressive of a cold unfriendly relationship, (opposed to sāpta-padīna, q. v.); the five strong cases (viz. the nom. voc. and acc. sing., the nom. voc. and acc. du., and the nom. and voc. pl.).
     pañcaparṇikā pañca-parṇikā or pañca-parṇī, f. a species of small shrub (= go-rakṣī).
     pañcaparvata pañca-parvata, am, n. 'the five mountains', N. of five peaks of the Himālayas.
     pañcapallava pañca-pallava, am, n. the aggregate of five sprigs or young shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Vīja-pūraka, and Vilva; (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñodumbara; or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Vakula); Bel or Marmelos, citron, and wood-apple.
     pañcapātra pañca-pātra, am, n. five cups or vessels collectively; a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels.
     pañcapāda pañca-pāda, as, ā, am, consisting of or containing five feet.
     pañcapādikā pañca-pādikā or pañca-pādī, f., N. of a treatise on the Uṇādi affixes consisting of five sections; N. of a philosophical work by Sa-nandana treating of the first four Brahma-sūtras.
     pañcapādikāvivaraṇa pañ-capādikā-vivaraṇa, am, n. a commentary by Prakāśātman on Sa-nandana's Pañca-pādī.
     pañcapitta pañ-ca-pitta, am, n. the gall or bile of five animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock).
     pañcapura pañca-pura, am, n., N. of a city.
     pañcapuṣpamaya pañcapuṣpa-maya, as, ī, am, formed of five flowers.
     pañcaprastha pañca-prastha, as, ā, am, having five elevations or rising grounds (as a forest; perhaps N. of a forest).
     pañcaprāṇa pañca-prāṇa, ās, m. pl. the five vital airs, the five airs supposed to be in the body.
     pañcaprāsāda pañca-prāsāda, as, m. a temple with four pinnacles and a steeple.
     pañcabandha pañca-bandha, as, m. a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen.
     pañcabalā pañca-balā, f. the five plants called Balā (viz. Balā, Nāga-b-, Mahā-b-, Ati-b-, and Rāja-b-).
     pañcabāṇa pañca-bāṇa or pañca-vāṇa, as, m. 'having five arrows', epithet of the god of love.
     pañcabāhu pañca-bāhu, us, m. 'five-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva.
     pañcabrahma pañca-brahma, am, n., N. of an Upaniṣad.
     pañcabhadra pañca-bhadra, as, ā, am, having five good qualities; consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce or a decoction); having five auspicious marks or spotted on the chest, back, face, and flanks (as a horse); vicious.
     pañcabhuja pañca-bhuja, as, ā, am, five-armed, pentagonal; (as), m. a pentagon.
     pañcabhūta pañca-bhūta, am, n. the five elements, earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa.
     pañcabhūtaparityakta pañca-bhūta-parityakta, as, ā, am, deserted by the five elements (as a dead body).
     pañcabhūtātman pañcabhūtātman (-ta-āt-), ā, ā, a, consisting of the five elements, formed of the five primary elements (as the body).
     pañcabhṛṅga pañca-bhṛṅga, epithet of the five plants Devadālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇḍī, and Tamāla-pattra.
     pañcabhautika pañca-bhautika incorrect reading for pāñca-bhautika, q. v.
     pañcamakāra pañca-ma-kāra, am, n. the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual, the words for which begin with the letter m; see pañca-tattva.
     pañcamaya pañca-maya, as, ī, am, consisting or formed of five, made up or consisting of the five (elements).
     pañcamahāpātakin pañca-mahāpātakin, ī, inī, i, guilty of the five great sins; see mahā-pātaka.
     pañcamahāyajña pañca-mahāyajña, ās, m. pl. the five great sacrifices of the Hindūs; (see mahā-yajña.)
     pañcamahiṣa pañca-mahiṣa, am, n. the five products of the buffalo cow; [cf. pañca-gavya.]
     pañcamāṣika pañca-māṣika or pañca-mā-ṣaka, as, &c., consisting of five Māṣas, amounting to five Māṣas (as a fine &c.).
     pañcamāsya 1. pañca-māsya, as, ā, am (for 2. see under pañcama), happening every five months, containing five months; (as), m. the Koil or Indian cuckoo.
     pañcamukha pañca-mukha, as, ī, am, five-faced or five-headed, (sometimes applied in the Upaniṣads to Prajā-pati); (as), m. an epithet of Śiva; a lion; an arrow with five points; (ī), f. a species of plant, Gendarussa Vulgaris; [cf. pañca-śikha, pañca-vaktra, pañcānana, pañcāsya.]
     pañcamudrā pañca-mudrā, f. five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol.
     pañcamuṣṭi pañca-muṣṭi, is, ī, f. the plant Trigonella Corniculata.
     pañcamūtra pañca-mūtra, am, n. the urine of five female animals (viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass).
     pañcamūla pañca-mūla, am, n. or pañca-mūlī, f. a collection or group of five roots or plants with tuberous roots (e. g. Vilva, Agni-mantha, Ṭuṇṭuka, Pāṭala, and Kāśmarī; or Tri-kaṇṭaka, the two Bṛhatīs, Pṛthakparṇī, and Vidāri-gandha; the first is considered the larger collection, the second the smaller; other groups are also enumerated).
     pañcayakṣā pañca-yakṣā, f., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pañcayajña pañca-yajña, ās, m. pl. the five rites or sacrifices of a house-keeper; [cf. pañca-mahāyajña.]
     pañcayajñaparibhraṣṭa pañcayajña-paribhraṣṭa, as, m. a Brahman who omits to perform the five great sacrifices.
     pañcayāma pañca-yāma, as, m., N. of a son of Ātapa (Sun-shine).
     pañcayuga pañca-yuga, am, n. a cycle of five years, a lustrum.
     pañcarakṣa pañca-rakṣa, N. of two Prajñāpāramitās (q. v.) connected with each other.
     pañcarakṣaka pañ-ca-rakṣaka, as, m. a species of plant (= pakta-pauḍa).
     pañcaratna pañca-ratna, am, n. a collection of five jewels or precious things, viz. gold, the diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl, or (according to Gauḍa) gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa; N. of a collection of five verses on ethical subjects; (āni), n. pl. the five gems or five most admired episodes of the Mahā-bhārata.
     pañcarasā pañca-rasā, f. the Emblic Myrobalan tree (= āmalakī).
     pañcarātra pañca-rātra, as, ā, am, lasting five nights or days; (am), n. a period of five nights, N. of an Ahīna (q. v.) which lasts five days; a general term for the sacred books of various Vaiṣṇava sects; see pāñcarātra.
     pañcarātraka pañca-rā-traka, as, ā, am, lasting five nights (i. e. days).
     pañcarātradīpikā pañcarātra-dīpikā, f. (probably) N. of a treatise on the fabrication and right dimensions and decoration of idols.
     pañcarāśika pañca-rāśika, as, ā, am, relating to the five ratios or proportions of numbers; (am), n. the rule of five, the rule of proportion with five terms, double rule of three (?).
     pañcarca pañcarca (-ca-ṛca), am, n., Ved. a stanza consisting of five verses.
     pañcalakṣaṇa pañca-lakṣaṇa, as, ā, am, possessing five characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend five topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races; but few Purāṇas, except the Viṣṇu, conform to this description, and even the Viṣṇu-Purāṇa diverges into other topics).
     pañcalambaka pañca-lambaka, am, n., N. of the fourteenth Lambaka in the Kathāsarit-sāgara.
     pañcalavaṇa pañca-lavaṇa, am, n. five kinds of salt (viz. Kāca, Saindhava, Sāmudra, Viḍa, and Sauvarcala).
     pañcalāṅgalaka pañca-lāṅgalaka, am, n. a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs.
     pañcaloha pañca-loha, am, n. a metallic alloy containing five metals (viz. copper, brass, tin, lead, and iron).
     pañcalohaka pañca-lohaka, am, n. the five metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead).
     pañcavaktra pañca-vaktra, as, ā, am, five-faced; (as), m. epithet of Śiva; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; a lion; (ā), f. epithet of Durgā; [cf. pañca-mukha.]
     pañcavaṭa pañca-vaṭa, as, m. 'five-threaded', the Brāhmanical or sacrificial cord worn across the breast or over the shoulder [cf. pañcā-vaṭa]; N. of a man; (ī), f. the five fig-trees (viz. Aśvattha, Vilva, Vaṭa, Dhātrī, and Aśoka); N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma resided for a long period of his banishment; (in Rāmāyaṇa 1. 3, 18, pañca-vaṭa, am, n. occurs.)
     pañcavarga pañca-varga, as, m. a class or group or series of five; the five essential ingredients or constituent elements of the body, (see 1. dhātu); the five organs of sense; the five sacrifices, &c., (according to some also pañca-vargī, which may mean 'five classes'); (as, ā, am), Ved. proceeding in five lines or at five times.
     pañcavarṇa pañca-varṇa, as, ā, am, five-coloured; (as), m., N. of a mountain; (am), n., N. of a forest.
     pañcavardhana pañca-var-dhana, as, m. = pañca-rakṣaka.
     pañcavarṣakadeśīya pañca-var-ṣaka-deśīya, as, ā, am, nearly five years old.
     pañcavarṣīya pañca-varṣīya, as, ā, am, five years old.
     pañcavalkala pañca-valkala, am, n. a collection of the bark of five kinds of trees, viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, a sort of reed, (i. e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa; but other trees are sometimes substituted.)
     pañcavāṇa pañca-vāṇa, as, m. 'five-arrowed', a N. of Kāma-deva, the Indian Cupid.
     pañcavātīya pañca-vā-tīya, am, n., N. of an oblation offered to the five winds at the Rāja-sūya.
     pañcavārṣika pañca-vārṣika, as, ī, am, recurring every five years.
     pañcavāhin pañca-vāhin, ī, inī, i, yoked with five, drawn by five (as a carriage &c.).
     pañcaviṃśa pañca-viṃśa, as, ī, am, the 25th; consisting of 25, containing 25; presenting the Pañca-viṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva.
     pañcaviṃśaka pañca-viṃśaka, as, ī, am, the 25th; 25 years old (vayasā pañca-viṃśakaḥ); consisting of 25.
     pañcaviṃśati pañca-viṃśati, is, f., 25.
     pañcaviṃśatikā pañcaviṃśatikā, f. a collection of 25 stanzas or tales, &c.; [cf. vetāla-p-.]
     pañcaviṃśatitama pañcaviṃ-śati-tama or pañcaviṃśatima, as, ī, am, the 25th.
     pañcavidha pañca-vidha or pañcavidheya, as, ā, am, of five kinds, fivefold.
     pañcavidhānasūtra pañca-vidhāna-sūtra, am, n., N. of a work belonging to the Sāma-veda.
     pañcavinduprasṛta pañca-vindu-prasṛta, am, n., N. of a particular movement in dancing.
     pañcavīja pañca-vīja, am, n. a collection of five kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed; or of Trapusa, Karkaṭī, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānarī; or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cuminseed, sesamum from Chorasan, and poppy).
     pañcavīragoṣṭha pañca-vīra-goṣṭha, am, n. (perhaps) an assembly-room named 'The Five Heroes', i. e. the five sons of Pāṇḍu.
     pañcavṛt pañca-vṛt or pañca-vṛtam, ind. fivefold, five times.
     pañcaśata pañca-śata, am, n., 105; 500; (as, ī, am), amounting to 500 (as a fine); fined 500 (paṇas).
     pañcaśatatama pañcaśata-tama, as, ī, am, the 105th.
     pañcaśara pañca-śara, as, ā, am, 'five-arrowed', armed with five arrows; (as), m., N. of Kāma-deva, the god of love.
     pañcaśas pañca-śas, ind. by fives, five by five.
     pañcaśasya pañca-śasya, am, n. (or more correctly pañca-sasya), five species of grain, viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa (or Māṣa).
     pañcaśākha pañca-śākha, as, m. 'five-branched', the hand ([greek]).
     pañcaśāradīya pañca-śāradīya, as, m., N. of a Pañcāha representing five years.
     pañcaśikha pañca-śikha, as, ā, am, 'five-crested', having five tufts of hair on the head; (as), m. a lion; N. of a Sāṅkhya teacher (a pupil of Āsuri); N. of an attendant of Śiva; N. of a Gandharva.
     pañcaśīrṣa pañca-śīrṣa, as, ā, am, five-headed; (as), m., N. of a mountain.
     pañcaśukla pañca-śukla, as, ā, am, having five white (spots); (as), m. a species of venomous insect.
     pañcaśūraṇa pañca-śūraṇa, am, n. the five Śūraṇas (Śūraṇa = the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus), a collective name of five bulbous plants; (this word may also be used as an adj.)
     pañcaśairīṣaka pañca-śairīṣaka, am, n. the five products of the Acacia Śirīṣa, leaf, flower, fruit, bark, root.
     pañcaśaila pañca-śaila, as, m., N. of a mountain.
     pañcaṣa pañca-ṣa, ās, ās, āṇi, pl. (fr. pañcan + ṣaṣ), five or six.
     pañcaṣaṣṭa pañca-ṣaṣṭa, as, ī, am, the 65th.
     pañcaṣaṣṭi pañca-ṣaṣṭi, is, f., 65.
     pañcaṣaṣṭitama pañcaṣaṣṭi-tama, as, ī, am, the 65th.
     pañcasaṭa pañca-saṭa, as, ā, am, fivetailed (as a badge of slavery?).
     pañcasattra pañca-sattra, N. of a place.
     pañcasaptata pañca-saptata, as, ī, am, the 75th.
     pañcasaptati pañca-saptati, is, f., 75.
     pañcasaptatitama pañcasaptati-tama, as, ī, am, the 75th.
     pañcasaptan pañca-saptan, a, m. f. n. pl. five times seven or 35.
     pañcasāyaka pañca-sāyaka, N. of a work.
     pañcasiddhāntikā pañca-siddhāntikā, f., N. of an astronomical work by Varāha-mihira, founded on the five older astronomical works, and called by Varāha-mihira himself Karaṇa.
     pañcasiddhauṣadhika pañca-siddhauṣadhika (-dha-oṣ-), as, ā, am, consisting of five kinds of medicinal plants.
     pañcasugandhaka pañca-sugandhaka, am, n. a collection of five kinds of aromatic vegetable substances, cloves (lavaṅga), nutmeg (jātī-phala), camphor (karpūra), aloe wood (a-guru), and kakkola (q. v.).
     pañcasūtrī pañca-sūtrī, f. the five Sūtras.
     pañcasūnā pañca-sūnā, ās, m. pl. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed, the fireplace, the slab on which condiments are ground, the broom, the pestle and mortar, and the water-pot.
     pañcaskandhaka pañca-skandhaka, N. of a work.
     pañcasrotas pañca-srotas, five streams (probably = pañca-nada).
     pañcasvarā pañca-svarā, f., N. of an astrological work in seven chapters on fortune-telling and the averting of good or bad luck by Prajāpati-dāsa-vaidya.
     pañcasvarodaya pañca-svarodaya (-ra-ud-), as, m., N. of an astronomical work ascribed to Rudra.
     pañcasvastyayana pañca-svastyayana, N. of a Vedic work accentuated in an unusual manner and resembling a Brāhmaṇa in its subject-matter.
     pañcahasta pañca-hasta, N. of a place.
     pañcahāyana pañca-hāyana, as, ā, am, five years old.
     pañcahotra pañca-hotra, as, m., N. of a son of Manu Rohita.
     pañcahradatīrtha pañca-hrada-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a place of pilgrimage.
     pañcāṃśa pañ-cāṃśa (-ca-aṃ-), as, m. the fifth part, a fifth.
     pañcākṣara pañcākṣara (-ca-ak-), as, ā, am, consisting of five syllables, five-syllabled.
     pañcākhyāna pañcākhyāna (-ca-ākh-), as, ā, am, consisting of five tales; (am), n. another name of the Pañca-tantra.
     pañcāgni pañcāgni (-ca-ag-), i, n. a collection of five fires, the five sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya, generally in comp.); five mystic fires supposed to be present in the body; (is), m. a householder who maintains the five sacred fires, one who keeps the five fires constantly burning (= agni-hotrī, see Manu III. 185); one who is acquainted with the doctrine of the five mystic fires.
     pañcāgnitva pañcāgni-tva, am, n. a collection or aggregate of five fires or of five passions (which inflame men's minds), &c.
     pañcāgnividyāprakaraṇa pañcāgni-vidyā-prakaraṇa, am, n., N. of a sacred work of the Vājasaneyins.
     pañcāṅga pañ-cāṅga, as, ī, am, five-limbed, five-membered, having five parts or subdivisions, consisting of five members or parts, &c.; pañcāṅgaḥ praṇāmaḥ, obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look; (as), m. a tortoise or turtle [cf. pañcāṅga-gupta]; a horse with five spots in various parts of his body (= pañca-bhadra); (ī), f. a bit for horses; a kind of bandage; (am), n. five parts of a tree (viz. root, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit); five limbs or members of the body (in comp.); five modes of devotion, (said to be silent prayer, burnt offerings, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans); any aggregate of five parts; a calendar or almanac treating of five things, viz. solar days, lunar days, asterisms, Yogas, and Karaṇas.
     pañcāṅgagupta pañcāṅga-gupta, as, m. a tortoise or turtle (= pañca-gupta, q. v.).
     pañcāṅgapattra pañcāṅga-pattra, am, n. a calendar or almanac, (see above.)
     pañcāṅgaśuddhi pañcāṅga-śuddhi, is, f. the propitious or favourable state of five important points, the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa.
     pañcāṅgika pañcāṅgika (-ca-aṅ-), as, ā, am, five-limbed, five-membered.
     pañcāṅguri pañcāṅguri (-ca-aṅ-), is, is, i, Ved. five-fingered, having five fingers.
     pañcāṅgula pañcāṅgula (-ca-aṅ-), as, ā or ī, am, five fingers long, measuring five fingers; (as), m. the castor-oil plant, Ricinus Communis; (ī), f. a species of shrub.
     pañcāṅguli pañcāṅguli (-ca-aṅ-), is, is, i, five-fingered, having five fingers or finger-like divisions.
     pañcāja pañcāja (-ca-āja), am, n. the five products of the goat; [cf. pañca-gavya.]
     pañcātapā pañcātapā (-ca-āt-), f. doing penance with five fires or with four fires and the sun, (see under tapas.)
     pañcātmaka pañcātmaka (-ca-āt-), as, ā, am, consisting of the five elements, (said of the body.)
     pañcādhikā pañcādhikā (according to the Ṛg-veda Anukramaṇī) = 25 (i. e. 20 + 5).
     pañcānana pañcānana (-ca-ān-), as, ī, am, fivefaced, (hence = aty-ugra, very fierce, very passionate, &c.); (as), m. an epithet of Śiva; a lion; (often at the end of names of learned men to express respect, e. g. nyāya-pañcānana, nyāya-siddhānta-p-, &c.); (ī), f. an epithet of Durgā.
     pañcānandamāhātmya pañcānanda-māhātmya, am, n., N. of a work.
     pañcānugāna pañcānu-gāna (-ca-an-), am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     pañcāpsaras pañcāp-saras (-ca-ap-), as, n., N. of a lake or pool supposed to have been produced by an ascetic named Mandakarṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance, (so called because under it Mandakarṇi formed a secret chamber for five Apsarasas who had seduced him from his devotions, see Rāmāyaṇa III. 15, 11; Raghu-v. XIII. 38.)
     pañcābjamaṇḍala pañcābja-maṇḍala (-ca-ab-), am, n., N. of a mystical circle.
     pañcāmṛta pañcā-mṛta (-ca-am-), am, n. the five kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar); the aggregate of any five drugs of supposed efficacy; (as, ā, am), consisting of five ingredients (as a medicine); (am), n., N. of a Tantra.
     pañcāmnāya pañcāmnāya (-ca-ām-), ās, m. pl. five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva, constituting the basis of the Tantra ritual.
     pañcāmla pañcāmla (-ca-ām-), am, n. the aggregate of five acid plants, the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron.
     pañcārcis pañcārcis (-ca-ar-), is, m. the planet Mercury.
     pañcārthabhāṣyadīpikā pañcārtha-bhāṣya-dīpikā, f., N. of a chapter of the Sarva-darśanasaṅgraha by Mādhavācārya.
     pañcāvaṭa pañcā-vaṭa, as, m. the sacrificial cord as worn crossed upon the breast with the ends hanging over the shoulders; [cf. pañca-vaṭa.]
     pañcāvatta pañcāvatta (-ca-av-), as, ā, am, Ved. divided into five parts.
     pañcāvattatā pañcāvatta-tā, f. or pañ-cāvatta-tva, am, n. fivefold division.
     pañcāvattin pañcā-vattin, ī, inī, i, Ved. that which is divided into five parts or has a fivefold division; that which divides into five parts.
     pañcāvattīya pañcāvattīya, as, ā, am, Ved. divided into five portions, offered in five portions.
     pañcāvayava pañcāvayava, as, ā, am, five-limbed, fivemembered; pañcāvayavaṃ vākyam, a five-membered argument, a syllogism.
     pañcāvastha pañcāvastha (-ca-av-), as, m. a corpse (resolved into the five elements).
     pañcāvi pañcāvi (-ca-avi), is, ī, i, Ved. reckoning five lambing times, i. e. five times six months.
     pañcāvika pañcāvika (-ca-āv-), am, n. the five products of the sheep; [cf. pañca-gavya, pañcāja.]
     pañcāśīta pañ-cāśīta (-ca-aś-), as, ī, am, the 85th.
     pañcāśīti pañcāśīti (-ca-aś-), is, f., 85.
     pañcāśītitama pañcāśīti-tama, as, ī, am, the 85th.
     pañcāsya pañcāsya (-ca-ās-), as, ā, am, fivefaced, five-headed; five-pointed (as an arrow); (as), m. a lion.
     pañcāha pañcāha (-ca-aha), as, m. a period of five days; (as, ā, am), lasting five days; (as), m. a Soma oblation with five Sutyā days.
     pañcāhika pañcā-hika, as, ā, am, containing five feast days or festivals.
     pañcīkaraṇavārttika pañcī-karaṇa-vārttika, am, n., N. of a philosophical work by Sureśvara.
     pañcīkṛ pañcī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to render fivefold &c., cause anything to contain all the five elements.
     pañcedhmīya pañcedhmīya (-ca-idh-), as, ā, am, (a nocturnal rite) in which five torches &c. are used.
     pañcendra pañcen-dra (-ca-in-), as, m. one who has the five Indrāṇīs as his deity.
     pañcendrakalpa pañcendra-kalpa, as, ā, am, like five Indras.
     pañcendriya pañcendriya (-ca-in-), am, n. the five organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the five organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion); (as, ā, am), having five organs of sense.
     pañceṣu pañceṣu (-ca-iṣ-), us, m. 'five-arrowed', N. of Kāma-deva, the Hindū Cupid.
     pañconā pañconā (according to the Ṛgveda Anukramaṇī) = 15 (i. e. 20--5).
     pañcoṣman pañcoṣman (-ca-uṣ-), āṇas, m. pl. the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.
     pañcaudana pañcaudana (-ca-od-), as, ā, am, Ved. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain, &c.

pañcaka pañcaka, as, ā, am, consisting of five, relating to five, made of five, bought with five &c., taking five per cent; (as), m. any collection or aggregate of five; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; (ikā), f., N. of each book of the Aitareya-Brāhmaṇa (as consisting of five Adhyāyas); N. of a game played with five shells; (am), n. an aggregate of five, [greek] a field of battle.

pañcat pañcat, t, f. an aggregate of five,

pañcataya pañcataya, as, ī, am, fivefold, having five parts or limbs, five.

pañcatha pañcatha, as, ā, am, Ved. the fifth.

pañcathu pañcathu, us, m. time; the Koil or Indian cuckoo.

pañcadhā pañca-dhā, ind. See p. 523, col. 1.

pañcanī pañcanī, f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts, &c.; [cf. pañcamī, pañcārī, pañcālī.]

pañcama pañcama, as, ī, am, the fifth; forming the fifth part, constituting a fifth part, beautiful, brilliant, pleasing; dexterous, clever; (as), m. the fifth or in later times the seventh note of the Hindū musical scale, (so called because, according to the Hindūs, its tone is produced by air drawn from five parts of the body, the navel, breast, throat, heart, and forehead); one of the Rāgas or musical modes; N. of the twenty-first Kalpa (called after the musical note); the fifth consonant of a Varga, i. e. a nasal; (ī), f., scil. tithi, the fifth day of the half month; the termination of the fifth or ablative case, a word in the ablative; an epithet of Draupadī, the wife of the five Pāṇḍu princes [cf. pāñcālī]; a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhalā); N. of a river; (am), n. a fifth, the fifth part; copulation as the fifth of the Tattvas of the Tāntrikas, see under pañca-tattva; (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly.
     pañcamabhāgīya pañcama-bhāgīya, as, ā, am, belonging to the fifth part.
     pañcamavat pañcama-vat, ān, atī, at, having the fifth (of anything).
     pañcamasārasaṃhitā pañcama-sāra-saṃhitā, f., N. of a musical work.
     pañcamāra pañcamāra (-ma-ara), as, m. the fifth spoke in the wheel of time (with Jainas); N. of a son of Bala-deva.
     pañcamāsya 2. pañcamāsya (-ma-ās-), as, m. (for 1. see p. 523, col. 2), the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the fifth note of the scale with its mouth or throat).

pañcamaka pañcamaka, as, ā or ī (?), am, fifth, the fifth.

pañcamin pañcamin, ī, inī, i, being in the fifth year of one's age.

pañcārī pañcārī, f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts; [cf. pañcanī, pañcamī, pañcālī.]

pañcāśa pañcāśa, as, ī, am, the 50th; having 50 added (e. g. pañcāśaṃ śatam, 150; pañcāśaṃ saha-sram, 1050).

pañcāśaka pañcāśaka, as, ikā, am, 50; (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50; [cf. śloka-pañcāśikā.]

pañcāśat pañcāśat, t, f., 50; (ardha-pañcāśat, 25; ekona-pañcāśat, 49; cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. quinquaginta; Hib. caogat.)
     pañcāśacchas pañcāśac-chas, ind. (pañcāśat + śas), by fifties, fifty by fifty.
     pañcāśadbhāga pañ-cāśad-bhāga, as, m. the 50th part.

pañcāśati pañcāśati, is, f., 50.

pañcāśatka pañcāśatka, as, ā, am, 50 years old.

pañcāśattama pañcāśat-tama, as, ī, am, the 50th.

pañcāśaddhā pañcāśad-dhā, ind. in 50 parts; ekona-pañcā-śaddhā, in 49 parts.

pañcikā pañcikā, f. a game played with five dice.

pañcin pañcin, ī, inī, i, Ved. divided into five, consisting of five, fivefold.

pañcāla pañcāla, ās, m. pl. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pac or pañc), N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India; (as), m. a prince of the Pañcālas; N. of a man brought by Viśvak-sena to the childless Gaṇḍūṣa; N. of a Nāga-rāja; a particular venomous insect; (as, am), m. n., N. of a metre consisting of twelve syllables; (ī), f. a doll, puppet; a style of singing; a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c.
     pañcālacaṇḍa pañcāla-caṇḍa, as, m., N. of a teacher.
     pañcālapadavṛṭṭi pañcāla-pada-vṛṭṭi, is, f., N. of a particular rhythm.
     pañcālarāja pañcāla-rāja, as, or pañcāla-rājan, ā, m. a king of Pañcāla.

pañcālaka pañcālaka, as, ā, am, relating to the Pañcālas; (ās), m. pl. the Pañcālas; (as), m. a species of venomous insect; (ikā), f. a doll, a puppet; a kind of song.

pañchīhila pañchīhila, as, m., N. of a man.

pañj pañj, a Sautra root occurring in grammatical Sūtras only, but not in the Dhātu-pāṭha, said to have the sense of 'enclosing', and artificially formed on account of pañjara below.

pañjara pañjara, am, n. (probably connected with paj in Ved. pajra, pājas), a cage, an aviary, a dove-cot, &c.; (as, am), m. n. a skeleton; the ribs; (as), m. the body; the Kali-yuga; a purificatory ceremony performed on cows; (am), n. certain prayers and formularies with which a deity is, as it were, caught and confined; [cf. pāñjarya; Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pango.]
     pañjaraśuka pañjara-śuka, as, m. a parrot in a cage, a caged parrot.
     pañjarākheṭa pañjarākheṭa (-ra-ākh-), as, m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught.

pañjaraka pañjaraka, as, am, m. n. a cage, an aviary; (ikā), f. peculiar prayers and formularies, (see under pañjara.)

pañjaka pañjaka, as, m., N. of a man.

pañjala pañjala, as, m. a species of bulbous plant (= kola-kanda).

pañji pañji, is, ī, f. the ball or roll of cotton from which the thread is spun; an almanac, calendar; a journal; (perhaps) a register.
     pañjīkara pañjī-kara, as, m. a Kāyastha or scribe; an almanacmaker.

pañjikā pañjikā, f. the ball or roll of cotton from which the thread is spun; a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word; a calendar, an almanac; a journal, a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered; the register or record of human actions kept by Yama (the judge of the dead).
     pañjikākāraka pañjikā-kāraka, as, m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe; an almanac-maker.

paṭ paṭ, cl. 1. P. paṭati, paṭitum, to go, move: Caus. or cl. 10. P. pāṭayati, yitum, to split, cleave, tear, tear up, tear asunder, tear open, divide, pierce, penetrate; to break, to eradicate, remove; to pluck out; to cause to be torn up; to speak; to shine; paṭayati, -yitum, to string; to surround, encircle, encompass, clothe; to distribute (?): Pass. of the Caus. pāṭyate, to be split open, cleave asunder (intransitively).

paṭa paṭa, as, am, m. n. (perhaps connected with pattra, and usually paṭas, m. in the sense of 'cloth', &c.), woven cloth, cloth, a piece of cloth, a garment, raiment; fine cloth; a veil or screen; a piece of cloth or tablet or plate on which anything may be written or painted [cf. paṭṭa, col. 3]; (as), m. a species of tree, (see piyāla); a species of bird; anything well made or polished, = puras-kṛta; (ī), f. cloth, a particular sort of cloth, coarse thick cloth, canvas; the curtain of a stage; a screen of cloth surrounding a tent, an outer tent; a coloured or chintz garment (?); (am), n. a thatch, a roof (= paṭala).
     paṭakāra paṭa-kāra, as, m. a weaver; a painter.
     paṭakuṭī paṭa-kuṭī, f. a tent; a tent of woollen cloth.
     paṭacaura paṭa-caura, as, m. a cloth-stealer, a shop-lifter.
     paṭamaṇḍapa paṭa-maṇḍapa, as, m. 'canvas house', a tent.
     paṭamaya paṭa-maya, as, ī, am, made of cloth; (am), n. a tent, a canvas house; a petticoat (?).
     paṭavāpa paṭa-vāpa, as, m. a tent, (for paṭa-vāsa.)
     paṭavāsa paṭa-vāsa, as, m. a tent; a petticoat; perfumed powder.
     paṭavāsaka paṭa-vāsaka, as, m. perfumed powder.
     paṭaveśman paṭa-veśman, a, n. a tent.
     paṭākṣepa paṭākṣepa (-ṭa-ak-), as, m. not tossing the stage curtain, not pushing it aside, (probably the correct reading would be a-paṭī-kṣepa.)
     paṭīkṣepa paṭī-kṣepa, as, m. tossing aside the stage curtain, (denoting in theatrical language a hurried entrance on the stage.)
     paṭotaja paṭotaja (-ṭa-ut-), am, n. a tent; sunshine (?).

paṭaka paṭaka, as, m. cotton cloth; a camp, encampment; the half of a village, (for pāṭaka.)

paṭara paṭara, as, am, m. n. (Ved.) a ray (of sunlight); (as), m., N. of the third of the seven suns, (see Viṣṇu-Purāṇa VI. 2, where the names of the seven suns are given as Ārāga, Bhrāja, Paṭala, Pataṅga, Svamābhāk, Jyotishmat, and Sa-vibhāsa); an epithet of Varuṇa.

paṭaraka paṭaraka, as, m. a species of plant (= gundra).

paṭala paṭala, am, n. a roof, thatch, (in this sense the fem. form paṭalī is also given); a cover, covering, veil, coating, an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (especially over the eyes), a film over the eyes; a basket; a heap, mass, number, quantity or multitude, (often at the end of a comp. with words denoting 'cloud', e. g. jalada-paṭala, a mass of clouds; the fem. forms paṭalī and paṭalā are also given); train, retinue; a mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood (either as an ornament or sectarian mark); a spot, circle, district (?); (as), m. 'cataract of the eye', N. of one of the seven suns at the end of the world; (as, am), m. n. a section, chapter, or portion of a book (especially of the Ṛg-veda Prātiśākhya); (as, ī), m. f. a tree; a stalk; a book (?); (in law) the filing of suits, (gender doubtful.)
     paṭalaprānta paṭala-prānta, as, m. the edge of a thatch.

paṭalaka paṭalaka (gender doubtful), a heap, &c. See paṭala above.

paṭi paṭi, is, f. (for paṭī, cf. paṭa), a kind of cloth; a species of aquatic plant (= kumbhikā).

paṭikā paṭikā, f. woven cloth.

paṭaccara paṭaccara, as, m. (probably fr. paṭat + cara, paṭ being an imitative sound, perhaps of creeping stealthily), a thief, a robber [cf. pātaccara]; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people; (am), n. old or ragged clothes.

paṭat paṭat, ind. the sound paṭat.

paṭatkakantha paṭatka-kantha, am, n., N. of a town, (Pāṇ. VI. 2, 125.)

paṭapaṭā paṭa-paṭā, ind. an imitative sound.

paṭabhākṣa paṭabhākṣa, as, m. an instrument for looking (at any object), an optical instrument.

paṭaha paṭaha, as, am, m. n. (but commonly m.; probably fr. paṭa + ha, rt. pan), a kettle-drum, drum, war-drum, tabor; (as), m. beginning, undertaking; hurting, injuring, killing.
     paṭahaghoṣaka paṭaha-ghoṣaka, as, m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation.
     paṭahatā paṭaha-tā, f. the noise or function of a drum.
     paṭahadhvani paṭaha-dhvani, is, m. the sound of a drum; (is, is, i), sounding like a drum.
     paṭahabhramaṇa paṭaha-bhramaṇa, am, n. going about with a drum to call people together.

paṭāka paṭāka, as, m. a bird [cf. paiṭāka]; (ā), f. a flag, banner (= patākā).

paṭālukā paṭālukā, f. a leech; [cf. jalukā.]

paṭi paṭi. See col. 2.

paṭiṣṭha paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas. See paṭu below.

paṭisa paṭisa, as, m. (incorrect for paṭ-ṭiśa?), a sort of weapon.

paṭīra paṭīra, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. paṭ), a ball for playing with; the god of love; sandalwood; (am), n. Catechu (= khadira); the belly; anything that can be carried off or taken away (= haraṇīya); a sieve; height; a radish; a field; a cloud; bamboo manna; rheumatism; catarrh.

paṭu paṭu, us, us or vī, u (said to be fr. rt. paṭ), sharp, pointed (as a ray of light); clear, shrill, ringing, sharp-sounding, clear-sounding, crackling, rustling (said of sound); pungent, acid, hot; sharp, clever, smart, dexterous, skilful, crafty, sly, cunning; sensible, intellectual; busy, active, violent, strong, intense; harsh, hard, rough, fierce; hale, healthy; cruel, unmerciful, unfeeling; contumelious (as speech &c.); eloquent, loquacious, talkative [cf. vāk-paṭu]; blown, expanded; apt, disposed; (us), m. the tree Trichosanthes Dioeca; the leaf of the Trichosanthes Dioeca; the plant Momordica Charantia; a kind of perfume (= coraka); N. of a man; (avas), m. pl., N. of a people; (us, u), m. n. a mushroom; (u), n. salt.
     paṭukalpa paṭu-kalpa, as, ā, am, tolerably clever, pretty skilful.
     paṭujātīya paṭu-jātīya, as, ā, am, of a clever sort, pretty clever or skilful.
     paṭutara paṭu-tara, as, ā, am, more sharp, sharper, keener, clearer; more clever, &c.
     paṭutā paṭu-tā, f. cleverness; eloquence; [cf. vāk-p-.]
     paṭutṛṇaka paṭu-tṛṇaka, am, n. a species of pungent grass.
     paṭutva paṭu-tva, am, n. sharpness, keenness (as of sight), cleverness, skilfulness, eloquence.
     paṭudeśīya paṭu-deśīya or paṭu-deśya, as, ā, am, tolerably sharp, almost clever, cleverish.
     paṭupattrikā paṭu-pattrikā, f. a species of shrub (= kṣudra-cañcu).
     paṭuparṇikā paṭu-parṇikā, f. a species of plant (= kṣīriṇī).
     paṭuparṇī paṭu-parṇī, f. Bryonia Grandis, a species of cucurbitaceous plant.
     paṭumat paṭu-mat, ān, m., N. of a prince.
     paṭumitra paṭu-mitra, as, m., N. of a prince.
     paṭurūpa paṭu-rūpa, as, ā, am, very clever.

paṭiman paṭiman, ā, m. sharpness, &c. (Pāṇ. V. 1, 122, VI. 4, 155.)

paṭiṣṭha paṭiṣṭha, as, ā, am, very sharp or clever, sharpest, &c.

paṭīyas paṭīyas, ān, asī, as, sharper, more clever.

paṭuka paṭuka, as, m. Trichosanthes Dioeca.

paṭuśa paṭuśa, as, m., N. of a Rākṣasa.

paṭusa paṭusa, as, m., N. of a prince.

paṭola paṭola, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. paṭ), a species of cucumber, commonly Palwal, Trichosanthes Dioeca, = paṭu; (am), n. the fruit of the above; a sort of cloth, a kind of chintz [cf. paṭa]; (ī), f. a small cucumber, either the same as above or another species, Luffa Acutangula (= kośātakī).

paṭolaka paṭolaka, as, m. a muscle or oyster (= śukti) compared to the shape of the Trichosanthes; (ikā), f. = paṭolī, a species of cucumber.

paṭaura paṭaura, as, m., Ved. (according to the Pada-pāṭha = paṭa + ūra), a particular member of the body (?).

paṭṭa paṭṭa, as, m. (probably for pattra), a slab [cf. śilā-p-], tablet (for painting), plate (of metal for inscription or engraving royal edicts, grants, &c.); a patent, document, royal grant or order (written on copper, stone, &c. = nṛpa-śāsana); a stone for grinding with, a muller (?); = paṭa, cloth, coloured cloth, fine cloth, woven silk (= kauṣeya); a strip (e. g. nirmoka-paṭṭās, strips of cast off skin); a bandage, ligature, swath, cloth bound round a sore, &c.; a frontlet, fillet or cloth worn round the head, turban, (of which five kinds are enumerated, viz. those of the king, queen, prince, general,) and the prasāda-paṭṭa or turban of honour worn as a token of royal favour); a coloured silk turban; a diadem; an upper or outer garment; a plant commonly called Pāt (Corchorus Olitorius) from the fibres of which or jute a coarse sackcloth and cordage are prepared (?); a place where four roads meet (= catuṣ-patha); a shield (?); a chair, stool (?); N. of various men; (ī), f. an ornament of the forehead; a martingale, horse's girth (= tala-sāraka); N. of a certain species of the Lodhra or Lodh plant (= kramuka, rodhra, lodhra, paṭṭikā-lodhra); red Lodh, Symplocos Racemosa; (am), n. a city, town, village, (probably the Pattah of the South; cf. paṭ-ṭana, pattana; cf. also aṃśu-p-.)
     paṭṭaja paṭṭa-ja, am, n. a sort of cloth, probably a kind of canvas or sackcloth.
     paṭṭadevī paṭṭa-devī, f. a queen (decorated with the tiara), the principal wife of a king.
     paṭṭabandha paṭṭa-bandha, as, m. or paṭṭa-bandhana, am, n. binding or crowning the head with a fillet or tiara.
     paṭṭamahiṣī paṭṭa-mahiṣī, f. the principal wife of a king; [cf. paṭṭa-devī.]
     paṭṭaraṅga paṭṭa-raṅga, am, n. a plant used in dying, Caesalpina Sappan.
     paṭṭarañjana paṭṭa-rañjana or paṭṭa-rañjanaka, am, n. Caesalpina Sappan.
     paṭṭarājñī paṭṭa-rājñī, f. the principal queen.
     paṭṭavastra paṭṭa-vastra, as, ā, am, or paṭṭa-vāsas, ās, ās, as, attired in coloured cloth or wove silk.
     paṭṭaśāka paṭṭa-śāka, as, am, m. n. a species of pot-herb, commonly also Nālita or Lalita, Corchorus Capsularis.
     paṭṭasūtrakāra paṭṭa-sūtra-kāra, as, m. a silk-weaver, (designation of a class of Hindūs who are feeders of silk-worms and silktwisters.)
     paṭṭābhiṣeka paṭṭābhiṣeka (-ṭa-abh-), as, m. the consecration of the tiara.
     paṭṭārhā paṭṭārhā (-ṭa-ar-), f. 'worthy of the turban', the principal queen.
     paṭṭopādhyāya paṭṭo-pādhyāya (-ṭa-up-), as, m. the writer of royal grants or patents and other similar documents.

paṭṭaka paṭṭaka, as, m. a plate of metal (usually copper) for inscription or engraving royal edicts; a cloth, bandage; a document (said to be also am, n.); (ikā), f. a tablet, plate; a document; a bandage, frontlet, ribbon, a piece of cloth; a piece of wove silk, cloth used for a turban; a species of tree (= paṭṭikākhya, paṭṭī); N. of a woman.
     paṭṭikākhya paṭṭikākhya (-kā-ākh-), as, m. a species of tree (= paṭṭī).
     paṭṭikālodhra paṭṭikā-lodhra, as, m. a species of Lodhra (= paṭṭī, kramuka).
     paṭṭikāvāyaka paṭṭikā-vāyaka, as, m. a silk-weaver, ribbonweaver.

paṭṭikāra paṭṭi-kāra, as, ī, m. f. a silk-weaver (?).

paṭṭin paṭṭin, ī, m. red Lodh.

paṭṭila paṭṭila, as, m. a species of plant (= pūtika-raja), Caesalpina Bonducella.

paṭṭilodhra paṭṭi-lodhra or paṭṭi-lodhraka, as, m. a species of tree, the bark of which is used as an astringent; the red species of Lodh, Symplocos Racemosa.

paṭṭolikā paṭṭolikā, f. a title deed, a Paṭṭa, a lease, &c.; a written legal opinion.

paṭṭana paṭṭana, am and ī, n. f. a city; [cf. pattana; cf. also deva-pallī-p-, dharma-p-.]

paṭṭalā paṭṭalā, f. a district, a community.

paṭṭava paṭṭava (probably for paṭṭa-ja), a kind of cloth.

paṭṭāra paṭṭāra, N. of a district.

paṭṭi paṭṭi, ayas, m. pl., N. of a people; (also spelt patti.)

paṭṭikā paṭṭikā. See under paṭṭaka above.

paṭṭiśa paṭṭiśa, as, m. a sort of weapon, a kind of axe; a spear with a sharp edge.

paṭṭiśin paṭṭiśin, ī, inī, i, armed with a Paṭṭiśa.

paṭṭisa paṭṭisa, as, m. a kind of weapon with three points.

paṭṭīśa paṭṭīśa, as, m. (probably for paṭṭiśa), a kind of weapon used by Śiva; (in Hari-vaṃśa 10658, Śiva is called Triśūla-paṭṭīśa-dhara.)

paṭṭeraka paṭṭeraka, the plant Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis.

paṭh paṭh, cl. 1. P. (Ved. and ep. also A.) paṭhati, -te, papāṭha, paṭhiṣyati, apā-ṭhīt or apaṭhīt, paṭhitum, to read or repeat aloud, recite in a clear voice, rehearse, speak distinctly, declaim; to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (with acc.), to read or recite to one's self, to peruse, study; to teach; to mention (in a book), cite, quote; to express, describe, denote, declare; to learn from (with abl.): Caus. pāṭhayati, -yitum, Aor. apīpaṭhat, apīpaṭhata, to cause to read; to teach to read or to pronounce; to teach, instruct: Intens. pāpaṭhyate, pāpaṭhīti, to recite often or repeatedly, to read diligently, study assiduously.

paṭhaka paṭhaka, as, m. a reader, reciter.

paṭhat paṭhat, an, antī, at, reciting, reading.

paṭhana paṭhana, am, n. the act of reciting or reading, mentioning.

paṭhanīya paṭhanīya, as, ā, am, fit to be read or studied, legible, readable.

paṭhamañjarī paṭha-mañjarī or paṭha-samañjarī, f., N. of a Rāgiṇī, one of the wives of Śrī-rāga.

paṭhi paṭhi, is, f. reading, reciting, perusal.

paṭhita paṭhita, as, ā, am, recited, repeated; read, perused, studied.
     paṭhitāṅga paṭhitāṅga (-ta-aṅ-), N. of a kind of girdle.

paṭhitavya paṭhitavya, as, ā, am, to be read, what may or ought to be read.

paṭhiti paṭhiti, is, f., N. of a particular figure of speech.

paṭhitṛ paṭhitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, reciting, reading, a reader.

paṭhyamāna paṭhyamāna, as, ā, am, being recited or read.

paṭharvan paṭharvan, ā, m., Ved., N. of a man, (Ṛg-veda I. 112, 17.)

paḍ paḍ = pad, foot, in the inst. pl. paḍbhis; and in paḍ-gṛbhi, is, m., N. of a demon or of a man.
     paḍbīśa paḍ-bīśa or paḍ-vīśa or paḍ-viṃśa, am, n., Ved. a fetter (especially for the foot of a horse); the place of fettering.

paṇ 1. paṇ (connected with rt. pan, q. v.), cl. 1. A. and 10. P. A. paṇate, paṇāyati, -te, peṇe or paṇāyāñ-cakre, apaṇīt, apaṇiṣṭa or apaṇāyiṣṭa, to honour, praise.

paṇasya paṇasya, Nom. P. paṇasyati, -yitum, to honour; [cf. panasya.]

paṇāyita paṇāyita or paṇita, as, ā, am, praised.

paṇitavya paṇitavya, as, ā, am, to be praised.

paṇya paṇya, as, ā, am, to be honoured or praised.

paṇ 2. paṇ (probably for original parṇ fr. rt. par or pṝ), cl. 1. A. (ep. also P.) paṇate, -ti, peṇe, paṇiṣyate, apaṇiṣṭa, paṇi-tum, to deal in, barter, purchase, buy; to negotiate, bargain, transact business (Ved.); to bet or stake at play (with gen. of the thing staked, e. g. śatasya paṇate, he stakes a hundred); to play for (with gen.); to stake anything or any person (acc.) on a game; to risk or hazard (a battle &c.); to win anything (inst.) from any one (acc.) at play; [cf. baṇij: Gr. [greek] Lith. pantas: Old Germ. feil; phant.]

paṇa paṇa, as, m. play, gaming, playing with dice, playing for a stake; a game played for a stake, a bet, a wager, (paṇaṃ kṛ, to make a bet); the thing staked or deposited; a sum played for; a compact, contract, agreement; stipulation, treaty; wages, hire; reward; expense of an expedition; a sum (reckoned in coins or shells); a weight of copper (Manu VII. 126); a particular coin (= twenty Māṣas = four Kākinīs); a particular measure; a handful of anything; a commodity for sale; price; wealth, property; business; a publican or distiller; a house, dwelling (?).
     paṇakāla paṇa-kāla, as, m. gaming-time, time for playing.
     paṇagranthi paṇa-granthi, is, m. a fair, market.
     paṇatā paṇa-tā, f. or paṇa-tva, am, n. the state or condition of a pledge or stake; price, value.
     paṇabandha paṇa-bandha, as, m. making a treaty, making peace, pacification.
     paṇastrī paṇa-strī, f. or paṇāṅganā (-ṇa-aṅ-), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot.
     paṇārpaṇa paṇārpaṇa (-ṇa-ar-), am, n. making an agreement, engagement, contract.
     paṇārha paṇārha (-ṇa-ar-), as, ā, am, fit to be laid as a wager.
     paṇāsthi pa-ṇāsthi (-ṇa-as-), i, n. Cypraea Moneta, the small shell used as a die and as a coin, a cowrie.

paṇana paṇana, am, n. the act of bartering, purchasing; traffic; sale, selling; betting.

paṇanīya paṇanīya, as, ā, am, to be laid as a wager, negotiable.

paṇasa paṇasa, as, m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce (= panasa, q. v.).

paṇāyā paṇāyā, f. (probably an incorrect form), business, affair, transaction, buying and selling, &c.; profits and receipts of trade; a market-place.

paṇi paṇi, is, m. (lit. 'a negotiator or tradesman, one who barters and traffics'), a miser, a niggard; one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations; an impious man who gives nothing to the gods, a Śūdra sacrificing priest; N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures, (they are defeated by the gods and the Aṅgirasas; sometimes the word paṇi is only an epithet of the Asuras who are supposed to steal cows and hide them in mountain-caverns.)

paṇika paṇika, as, ā, am, at the end of an adj. comp. (e. g. pañcāśat-paṇika, [a fine] consisting of fifty Paṇas).

paṇita paṇita, as, ā, am, transacted as business; betted; (am), n. a bet, wager, stake.

paṇitavya paṇitavya, as, ā, am, to be bought, vendible, fit or intended for sale; to be transacted, negotiable.

paṇitṛ paṇitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who transacts business or traffics or sells; (tā), m. a trader, dealer.

paṇya paṇya, as, ā, am, to be sold, saleable, vendible; to be transacted as business; (am), n. an article of trade, a ware, commodity; trade, traffic, business; (ā), f. heart-pea, Cardiospermum Halicacabum; [cf. piṇyā.]
     paṇyatā paṇya-tā, f. saleableness, the being an article of trade.
     paṇyandha paṇyan-dha or paṇyan-dhā, a species of grass, Panicum Verticillatum.
     paṇyapati paṇya-pati, is, m. a possessor of many wares, a great merchant, large trader.
     paṇyapatitva paṇyapati-tva, am, n. the state or condition of a great merchant.
     paṇyaphalatva paṇya-phala-tva, am, n. prosperity or profit in trade.
     paṇyabhūmi paṇya-bhūmi, is, f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse.
     paṇyamūlya paṇya-mūlya, am, n. the price of a commodity.
     paṇyayoṣit paṇya-yoṣit, t, f. a venal woman, prostitute, wanton woman, courtezan, harlot, whore.
     paṇyavikrayaśālā paṇya-vikraya-śālā, f. a place for buying and selling, a market-place, bazar.
     paṇyavikrayin paṇya-vikrayin, ī, m. a seller of goods, a trader, merchant.
     paṇyavilāsinī paṇya-vilā-sinī, f. a venal woman, a harlot; a kind of fragrant substance, the claw of an animal or something similar.
     paṇyavīthikā paṇya-vīthikā, f. or paṇya-vīthī, f. a place of sale, market; a stall, shop.
     paṇyaśālā paṇya-śālā, f. a market, bazar, shop, a warehouse.
     paṇyastrī paṇya-strī, f. or paṇyāṅganā (-ya-aṅ-), f. a venal woman, harlot, courtezan, prostitute.
     paṇyājira paṇyājira (-ya-aj-), am, n. a market.
     paṇyājīva paṇyājīva (-ya-āj-), as, m. a trader, tradesman; (am), n. a market, fair (?).
     paṇyājīvaka paṇ-yājīvaka (-ya-āj-), am, n. a market; (also, according to some, paṇya-jīvaka.)
     paṇyāndhā paṇyān-dhā, f. = paṇyan-dhā, q. v.
     paṇyārha paṇyārha (-ya-ar-), as, ā, am, fit for sale, saleable, vendible.

paṇaphara paṇaphara, am, n. (fr. [greek]), the house following upon a Kendra, q. v. (in astrol.).

paṇava paṇava, as, m. (probably for pra-ṇava), a sort of musical instrument, a small drum or tabor or a kind of cymbal, one used to accompany singing; also (ā), f. a kind of metre consisting of four lines of ten or five syllables each.

paṇavin paṇavin, ī, inī, i, possessing a drum; (ī), m. an epithet of Śiva.

paṇḍ paṇḍ, cl. 1. A. paṇḍate, to go, move; cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, &c., to collect, heap together, pile up; cl. 1. P. paṇḍati; cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to destroy, annihilate.

paṇḍa paṇḍa, as, or paṇḍu, us, m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. paṇ), a eunuch, impotent man [cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa]; (ā), f. wisdom, intelligence, understanding; science, learning.
     paṇḍāpūrva paṇḍāpūrva (-ḍa-ap-), am, n. nonoccurrence of the results of fate or destiny (?).

paṇḍaka paṇḍaka or paṇḍaga, as, m. (probably fr. paṇ-ḍraka), a eunuch; N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Sāvarṇa.

paṇḍita paṇḍita, as, ā, am [cf. paṇḍā], learned, wise; shrewd, skilled, clever, educated; (as), m. a scholar, learned or wise man, learned Brāhman, teacher, philosopher, Pandit; an adept, proficient; N. of a man; incense.
     paṇḍitajātīya paṇḍita-jātīya, as, ā, am, somewhat clever, rather learned.
     paṇḍitatā paṇḍita-tā, f. or paṇḍita-tva, am, n. learning, knowledge, wisdom, skilfulness, cleverness.
     paṇḍitabuddhi paṇḍita-buddhi, is, is, i, philosophically minded.
     paṇḍitamaṇḍala paṇḍita-maṇḍala, am, n. an assembly or circle of learned men.
     paṇḍitamānika paṇḍita-mānika, as, ā, am, or paṇḍita-mānin, ī, inī, i, or paṇḍitam-manya, as, ā, am, fancying one's self learned or clever; an ignorant and conceited person, a pedant who thinks himself a Pandit.
     paṇḍitammanyamāna paṇḍi-tam-manyamāna, as, ā, am, Ved. fancying one's self learned.
     paṇḍitarāja paṇḍita-rāja, as, m. 'the prince of the learned', an epithet of a great scholar.
     paṇḍitavādin paṇḍita-vādin, ī, inī, i, pretending to be wise.
     paṇḍitasabhā paṇḍita-sabhā, f. an assembly of Pandits or literati.

paṇḍitaka paṇḍitaka, as, ā, am, wise, learned; (as), m. a learned man; N. of one of the sons of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra.

paṇḍitāya paṇḍitāya, Nom. A. paṇḍitāyate, &c., to become learned or wise.

paṇḍitāyamāna paṇḍitāyamāna, as, ā, am, becoming wise or learned.

paṇḍitiman paṇḍitiman, ā, m. wisdom, learning, scholarship.

paṇḍra paṇḍra or paṇḍraka, as, m. a eunuch.

pat 1. pat, cl. 4. A. patyate, &c., Ved. to share in, partake of (with loc.); to be master of; to rule, control, possess, be in possession of (with acc. or inst.); to be fit for, serve for (with dat.); [cf. Lat. potior.]

pat 2. pat, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) patati, -te, papāta (1st pl. petima, Ved. pap-tima; 3rd pl. petus, Ved. paptus; part. petivas, Ved. paptivas; fem. petuṣī), patitā, patiṣyati, apaptat, patitum, to fly, soar or move rapidly through the air; to go, move, move downwards, alight, sink down, throw one's self down, to throw or cast one's self at (rarely with acc. for loc., e. g. papāta caranau tasyāḥ, he threw himself at her feet); to sink or set (as the sun); to fall, fall down, fall off, fall away; come down, descend (with loc. or acc., e. g. papāta narendrāṇām madhye, he descended in the midst of the princes; pata bhūmim avāk-śirāḥ, fall headlong to the earth, Rāmāyaṇa I. 60, 17); to go down into hell (e. g. narake patanty ete juhvataḥ, such sacrificers go down into hell, Manu XI. 37); to fall (in a moral sense), lose one's caste, forfeit rank or position (e. g. para-dharmeṇa jīvan sadyaḥ patati jāti-taḥ, he who lives by the duties of another class immediately loses caste, Manu X. 97); to fall on, be directed to, light upon (e. g. prasāda-saumyāni satāṃ suhṛj-jane patanti cakṣūṃṣi, the eyes of the good soft with kindness are directed on a friendly person, Śakuntalā, verse 161); to fall upon, fall or devolve to one's lot or share; to fall in or into, be in, (see patita); to fall out, happen, occur, come to pass: Caus. P. patayati, &c., Ved. to fly or hasten away; A. patayate, &c., Ved. to put to flight, throw down; P. A. pātayati, -te, &c., to let fly, fling, hurl; to cause to fall, to fell, cause to sink down or alight, let fall, drop, throw or strike down (e. g. daṇḍaṃ daṇḍyeṣu pātayet, let him cause punishment to fall on those who deserve it, i. e. let him inflict punishment on the guilty; vāyuḥ pātayan mahā-drumān, a wind which throws down lofty trees); to overthrow, ruin; to pour out, shed; to dash out, knock out, strike out; to hew down, lay low (e. g. pātayiṣyāmi rākṣa-sam, I will lay the Rākṣasa low); to throw in, put in or into, cause to enter; to cause to fall (morally), cause to lose caste, cause to sin; (with pāvakam) to set on fire; (with cakṣus, dṛṣṭim, &c.) to cast or direct the eyes, look or glance upon; (with śāpa, a-yaśas, &c.) to lay a curse or reproach upon; (with sthānāt) to cause any one to lose his rank or position, cause to fall, bring into misfortune; (with argha-tas) to depreciate, lower the value of anything; (with or without ātmānam) to throw one's self; (in arithmetic) to subtract; to set in motion, set on foot (? see Rāja-taraṅgiṇī V. 173): Desid. pipatiṣati, pitsati, to wish or expect to fall, be about to fall (e. g. kūlam pipatiṣati, the bank is about to fall in): Intens. panīpatyate, panīpatīti, see Pāṇ. VII. 4, 84; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. pet-o, im-pet-u-s, pen-na, acci-pit-er: Old Germ. fedara, fedah or fetah, 'wing;' find-an = Goth. finth-an: Slav. put-i-ca, 'a bird;' pe-ro, 'a feather:' Hib. faoth, faodh, 'a fall:' Cambro-Brit. pyd-u, 'to fall.']

pat 3. pat, t, t, t, flying, falling; [cf. akṣi-p-.]

pata pata, as, m. flying, flight; going, falling, alighting.
     pataga pata-ga, as, m. a winged or flying animal, a bird; N. of one of the five fires in the Svadhākāra.
     pataṅga pataṅ-ga, as, ā, am, flying; (as), m. a bird; (according to Naigh. I. 14) a horse; a flying insect, a grasshopper, a butterfly or moth (especially one attracted by a light), a bee; the sun; N. of one of the seven suns; a ball for playing with; (according to Sāy.) a spark; (according to Mahīdhara) a Piśāca; a species of rice; quicksilver; 'the Flier', a N. of Kṛṣṇa; N. of a son of Prajā-pati; N. of a mountain; N. of a village, also called Pataṅga-grāma; (ās), m. pl., N. of a caste in Plaksha-dvīpa; (ī), f., N. of one of the wives of Tārkṣa, and mother of the Patagas or flying animals; (am), n. quicksilver; a species of sandal-wood.
     pataṅgama pataṅ-gama, as, m. a small grasshopper; a butterfly; a bird.
     pataṅgara pataṅgara, as, ā, am, Ved. bird-like, like a bird.
     pataṅgavat pataṅga-vat, ind. like a bird.
     pataṅgikā pataṅgikā, f. a small bird; a kind of small bee.
     pataṅgin pataṅgin, ī, inī, m. f. a bird.

pataka pataka, as, ā, am, who or what falls or descends, &c.; (as), m. an astronomical table.

patat patat, an, antī, at, flying, alighting, descending, coming down, falling, &c.; (an), m. a bird.
     patadgraha pa-tad-graha, as, m. 'receiving what falls', a spittoon; the reserve of an army.
     patadgrāha patad-grāha, as, m. a spittoon, spitting-pot.
     patadbhīru patad-bhīru, us, m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk, falcon.

patatra patatra, am, n. a wing, pinion; a feather; a vehicle; [cf. pattra.]

patatri patatri, is, m. (fr. patatrin), a bird; (Ved.) N. of a particular fire; N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus.
     patatriketana patatri-ketana, as, m. 'characterized by a bird', Viṣṇu.
     patatrirāja patatri-rāja, as, m. the king of the birds, Viṣṇu's bird Garuḍa.

patatrin patatrin, ī, iṇī, i, winged, feathered, flying; (Ved.) an epithet of a particular form of fire, of the vehicle of the Aśvins, &c.; (ī), m. a bird; a horse; the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice (Rāmāyaṇa I. 13); an arrow; (iṇī), n. du., Ved. day and night; [cf. pātatriṇa.]

patana patana, as, ā, am, who or what flies, falls, goes down, descends; falling, alighting, &c.; (as), m., N. of a Rākṣasa; (am), n. the act of flying down, falling, alighting, descending, falling down, throwing one's self down or into; setting (as the sun), going down (to hell), slackening, hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts); falling from dignity, virtue, &c.; neglect of the duties of caste, apostasy; ruin; death; (with garbhasya) miscarriage; (in arithmetic) subtraction; the latitude of a planet.
     patanadharmin patana-dharmin, ī, iṇī, i, having the quality of or subject to the law of falling.

patanīya patanīya, as, ā, am (fr. patana), leading to a fall, causing the loss of caste; (am), n. a degrading crime, a crime which causes loss of caste.

patantaka patantaka, as, ā, am, epithet of a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner.

patama patama, as, m. a bird; a grasshopper; the moon; [cf. patasa.]

patayālu patayālu, us, ū, u, flying, falling, liable to fall.

patayiṣṇu patayiṣṇu, us, us, u, or patayiṣṇuka, as, ā, am, Ved. flying.

patara patara, as, ā, am, or pataru, us, us, u, Ved. flying, fugitive.

patasa patasa, as, m. a bird; a grasshopper; the moon.

patāka patāka, as, m. ('flying'), a flag or banner, (perhaps incorrect for patākā); a particular position of the hand or of the fingers of the hand; (ā), f. a flag, pennant, pennon, banner; a flag-staff; an emblem carried as an ensign or banner, a symbol, sign, mark; a particular high number; an episode or episodical incident in a drama; good fortune, auspiciousness.
     patākadhvajamālin patāka-dhvaja-mālin, ī, inī, i, garlanded with flags and banners.
     patākāṃśuka patākāṃśuka (-kā-aṃ-), am, n. a flag.
     patākāsthānaka patākā-sthānaka, am, n. (in dramatic language) intimation of an episodical incident.

patākika patākika, as, ā, am, having a flag or banner, carrying a banner.

patākin patākin, ī, inī, i, having a flag or banner, bearing a flag, adorned with flags; (ī), m. an ensign, a standard-bearer, colour-bearer; a figure used in divination, a scheme for casting a nativity; a flag; N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus; (inī), f. an army; N. of a particular divinity.

patāpata patāpata, as, ā, am, going to fall, inclined to fall; going much or frequently.

patita patita, as, ā, am, fallen, alighted; dropped, prostrate, sprung from; fallen (in a moral sense), wicked, abandoned, one who has committed a heinous sin; fallen in battle, defeated, overthrown; degraded, outcast; gone; fallen into, occurring in, being in (e. g. avaṃśa-patita, being in a low family; madhya-patita, being between); (am), n. flying.
     patitasāvitrīka patita-sāvitrīka, as, m. a man of the first three classes whose investiture with the thread or initiation into sacred knowledge (upa-nayana) has not been duly performed or not performed at all, (this can happen to a Brāhman after his sixteenth, to a Kshatriya after his twenty-second, and to a Vaiśya after his twentyfourth year.)
     patitasthita patita-sthita, as, ā, am, lying on the ground.
     patitekṣita patitekṣita (-ta-īkṣ-), as, ā, am, looked at by an outcast.
     patitotpanna patitotpanna (-ta-ut-), as, ā, am, sprung from an outcast.

patitavya patitavya, am, n. going down to hell.

patitvā patitvā, ind. having flown; having fallen or fallen down or alighted.

patiṣṭha patiṣṭha, as, ā, am, Ved. flying most or best.

patīyas patīyas, ind. (originally the neut. of a comparative of pat), quickly, speedily.

patera patera, as, ā, am, flying, falling; going, moving; (as), m. a bird; a hole, pit; a particular measure (= āḍhaka).

pattra pattra (sometimes spelt patra), am, n. (according to some also as, m.), the wing of a bird, pinion, feather, the feather of an arrow; a vehicle in general [cf. patatra], a chariot, car, cart, horse, camel, &c. (perhaps in these senses connected with 2. pad); the leaf of a tree (regarded as its plumage), the leaf of a flower, the leaf of a particular fragrant plant or of a species of plant with fragrant leaves (= gandha-pattra); the leaf of the Cassia (= teja-pattra); a leaf prepared for writing on, a leaf written on, paper (e. g. tat pattram āropayati, he commits that to paper); a letter, any written document, (in the latter sense also pattrī, f.); the leaf of a book; gold-leaf, &c., any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf [cf. paṭṭa]; the blade of a sword, knife, &c. [cf. asi-p-]; staining the person as a decoration, lines and figures painted on the face by means of musk and other fragrant substances; a knife, dagger; [cf. acchinna-p-, uktha-p-, &c.: cf. also Gr. [greek] Old Germ. fedara, fedah, 'a wing;' Angl. Sax. feher; Mod. Germ. feder; Eng. feather.]
     pattrakāhalā pat-tra-kāhalā, f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves.
     pattrakṛcchra pattra-kṛcchra, as, m. a sort of penance, drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time; [cf. parṇa-kṛcchra.]
     pattragupta pattra-gupta, as, m. a kind of bird [cf. pakṣa-gupta]; a species of plant (= tri-kaṇṭa).
     pattraghanā pattra-ghanā, f. a species of plant with full leaves, Acacia Rugata (= sātalā).
     pattracchedaka pattra-cchedaka, as, m. a leaf-cutter, a particular trade.
     pattracchedya pattra-cchedya, am, n. (perhaps) plucked feathers.
     pattrajhaṅkāra pattra-jhaṅkāra, as, m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?); other authorities read pura-saṃskāra and pattra-saṃ-skāra.
     pattrataṇḍulā pattra-taṇḍulā, f. a woman; a species of barley; (ī), f. a species of plant (= taṇḍulī and yava-tiktā).
     pattrataru pattra-taru, us, m. a species of tree (= duṣ-khadira).
     pattradāraka pattra-dāraka, as, m. 'leafdivider', a saw.
     pattranāḍikā pattra-nāḍikā, f. the fibre or vein of a leaf.
     pattraparaśu pattra-paraśu or pattra-parśu, us, m. a fine file or saw used by silversmiths, &c.
     pattrapāṭha pattra-pāṭha, as, m. the perusal of a writing.
     pattrapāla pattra-pāla, as, m. a large knife, a long dagger; (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow.
     pattrapāśyā pattra-pāśyā, f. an ornament on the forehead, a piece of gold-leaf or a painted mark on the forehead.
     pattrapiśācikā pat-tra-piśācikā, f. a sort of cap or cover for the head made of leaves (used as a protection against rain).
     pattrapuṣpa pattra-puṣpa, as, m. a species of plant, a red sort of Tulasī or basil, Ocymum Pilosum; (ā), f. holy basil, Ocymum Sanctum; holy basil with small leaves.
     pattrapuṣpaka pattra-puṣpaka, as, m. a species of birch; [cf. bhūrja-pattra.]
     pattraprakāśa pattra-prakāśa, as, m. a title given to certain astronomical tables.
     pattrabandha pat-tra-bandha, as, m. adorning with leaves, flowers, &c., decorating with nosegays or garlands.
     pattrabāla pattra-bāla, as, m. an oar, especially a large one used as a rudder.
     pattrabhaṅga pattra-bhaṅga, as, m. or pattra-bhaṅgi, is, f. or pattra-bhaṅgī, f. drawing lines or figures on the face and person with fragrant pigments of sandal, musk, &c., as an ornament.
     pattramañjarī pattra-mañ-jarī, f. = pattra-bhaṅga.
     pattramāla pattra-māla, as, m. the plant Calamus Rotang (= vetasa).
     pattramūlaka pattra-mūlaka, as, ā, am, resembling leaves and roots.
     pattrayauvana pattra-yauvana, am, n. a young leaf, sprout.
     pattrarañjana pattra-rañjana, am, n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding.
     pattraratha pattra-ratha, as, m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird.
     pattrarathaśreṣṭha pattraratha-śreṣṭha or pattrarathendra (-tha-in-), as, m. 'chief of birds', a N. of Garuḍa or the bird of Viṣṇu.
     pattrarathendraketu pat-trarathendra-ketu, us, m. 'characterized by the chief of birds', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     pattrarekhā pattra-rekhā, f. = pattra-lekhā, q. v.
     pattralatā pattra-latā, f. = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.; a long knife or poniard.
     pattralavaṇa pattra-lavaṇa, am, n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of certain leaves mixed with salt.
     pattralekhā pattra-lekhā, f. drawing lines or figures on the face or person by means of fragrant pigments consisting of sandal, saffron, musk, &c.; N. of a woman.
     pattravallarī pattra-vallarī, f. = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.
     pattravalli pattra-valli, is and ī, f. = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.; (ī), f., N. of two plants (= rudra-jaṭā and palāśī).
     pattravāja pattra-vāja, as, ā, am, feathered, furnished with feathers (as an arrow).
     pattravāha pattra-vāha, as, m. 'feather-bearing', an arrow; a bird ('wing-bearing'); a letter-carrier, postman.
     pattraviśeṣaka pattra-viśeṣaka = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.
     pattravṛścika pattra-vṛścika, as, m. a species of venomous reptile.
     pattraveṣṭa pattra-veṣṭa, as, m. an ornament for the ear, a kind of ear-ring (= tāṭaṅka).
     pattraśavara pat-tra-śavara, as, m. a Śavara who decorates himself with feathers, a barbarian or mountaineer who wears peacock feathers as a decoration.
     pattraśāka pattra-śāka, as, m. a species of vegetable consisting chiefly of leaves; (am), n. leaves and vegetables.
     pattraśirā pattra-śirā, f. the vein or fibre of a leaf.
     pattraśṛṅgī pattra-śṛṅgī, f. or pattra-śreṇī, f. the plant Anthericum Tuberosum.
     pattraśreṣṭha pattra-śreṣṭha, as, m. the tree Aegle Marmelos (= vilva).
     pattrasaṃskāra pattra-saṃskāra, as, m. the current of a river; [cf. pattra-jhaṅkāra.]
     pattrasundara pat-tra-sundara, a species of plant (= tikta-śāka).
     pattrasūci pattra-sūci, is, f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn.
     pattrahima pat-tra-hima, am, n. cold, wintry or snowy weather.
     pattrākhya pattrākhya (-ra-ākh-), am, n. Cassia leaf; the leaf of the Flacourtia Cataphracta.
     pattrāṅga pattrāṅga (-ra-aṅ-), am, n. (sometimes written pattraṅga), red sanders, Pterocarpus Santolinus; red or sappan wood; a species of birch (= bhūrja); another plant (= padmaka).
     pattrāṅguli pattrāṅguli (-ra-aṅ-), is, f. drawing lines or figures with the finger on the forehead, throat, neck &c. with coloured sandal, saffron, or any other substance.
     pattrāñjana pattrāñjana (-ra-añ-), am, n. ink; blacking.
     pattrāḍhya pattrāḍhya (-ra-āḍh-), am, n. the root of long pepper; a species of grass.
     pattrāmlā pattrāmlā (-ra-am-), f. a species of sorrel (= cukrikā).
     pattrālī pattrālī (-ra-ālī), f. = pattra-bhaṅga, pattrāvalī, q. v.
     pattrālu pattrālu (-ra-ālu), us, m. a species of bulbous plant, = kāsālu; a species of sugar-cane (= ikṣu-darbha).
     pattrāvali pattrāvali (-ra-āv-), is, f. red chalk, a row of leaves; decorating the person with lines of paint, &c.; (ī), f. a row or number of leaves; drawing lines or figures on the face or person with coloured and fragrant pigments, as with saffron, sandal, &c.; a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey.
     pattrāhāra pattrāhāra (-ra-āh-), as, m. feeding on leaves.
     pattreśvaratīrtha pattreśvara-tīrtha (-ra-īś-), am, n., N. of a sacred bathingplace.
     pattropaskara pattropaskara (-ra-up-), as, m. the plant Cassia Sophora (= kāsa-marda).
     pattrorṇa pattrorṇa (-ra-ūr-), as, m. the tree Calosanthes Indica; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people; (am), n. wove silk, cloth, or a garment made of it; (perhaps also) cotton.
     pattrollāsa pattrollāsa (-ra-ul-), as, m. the bud or eye of a plant.

pattraka pattraka, as, m. the plant Achyranthes Triandra the leaves of which are eaten as a vegetable; (ikā), f. a leaf for writing upon, a leaf on which anything has been written; a letter, document, &c.; (am), n. a leaf; the leaf of the Laurus Cassia; painting lines or figures on the body by way of decoration; (at the end of a comp.) leaf, wing; [cf. ajina-pattrikā, ali-p-.]
     pattrikākhya pattrikākhya (-kā-ākh-), as, m. a species of camphor.
     pattrikāpraveśa pattrikā-praveśa, as, m. a festival on the seventh day of the month Aśvina.

pattraṇā pattraṇā, f. feathering an arrow, putting feathers on an arrow, &c.

pattraya pattraya, Nom. P. pattrayati, &c., to feather.

pattrin pattrin, ī, iṇī, i, winged, feathered, having pages or leaves; (ī), m. an arrow; a bird, falcon; a mountain; possessing a carriage or driving in one; a chariot; a tree; N. of various plants, the winepalm (= gaṅgā-pattrī, = śveta-kiṇihī); (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot.
     pattrivāha pattri-vāha, as, m. a bird; [cf. pattra-vāha.]

patman patman, a, n., Ved. flight.

patya patya, (at the end of a comp.) falling.

patvan patvan, ā, arī, a,  Ved. flying; (a), n. flying, flight; [cf. āśu-p-, raghu-p-.]

patsala patsala, as, m. a way, road.

pata pata, as, ā, am, cherished, well fed, protected, (said to = puṣṭa.)

patañcala patañcala, as, m., N. of a man.

patañcikā patañcikā, f. a bow-string.

patañjala patañjala, as, m., N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants.

patañjali patañjali, is, m. (said to be derived fr. pata, falling, and añjali, the joined hands; Patañjali, according to a legend, having fallen from heaven in the shape of a small snake into the hands of the saint Pāṇini as he was joining his hands in reverence); N. of a saint or Muni teacher of the Yoga philosophy, (thence called Pātañjala); N. of the celebrated author of the Mahā-bhāṣya or great commentary on Pāṇini; a N. of the poet Vara-ruci.

pati pati, is, m. (said to be fr. rt. 3. pā, to protect, but connected with rt. 1. pat and probably for original pātan), a master, owner, possessor, proprietor, lord, ruler, governor, sovereign; one who presides over, (often applied to tutelary deities or regents, e. g. oṣadhīnām patiḥ, the Moon as guardian or lord of medicinal plants; saritām patiḥ, the Ocean as lord of the rivers; vaca-sām patiḥ, Bṛhas-pati as lord of speech; sometimes at the end of a comp., cf. oṣadhi-p-, bṛhas-p-, vācas-p-, vanas-p-); a husband; a root; going, motion, flight ? (in these senses probably connected with rt. 2. pat); (is), f. a female possessor, mistress (e. g. grāmasya patiḥ, the mistress of a village); a wife (at the end of a nonadj. comp., e. g. vṛddha-pati = vṛddha-patnī, the wife of an old man, Pāṇ. IV. 1, 34); [cf. aṃśu-p-, dam-patī, dvāra-p-, nṛ-p-, pṛthivī-p-, prajā-p-: cf. also Gr. [greek] for [greek] [greek] Lat. com-po(t)-s, im-po(t)-s, pot-is, possum for potis-sum, pot-es-tā(t)-s: Lith. pat-s, 'husband;' vesz-pat-s, 'lord, ruler:' Slav. gos-podju, 'lord:' Russ. gos-podin, 'lord:' Goth. fath-s, 'lord;' bruth-fath-s, 'bridegroom.']
     patiṃvara patiṃ-vara, ā, f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself, a young woman who has the privilege of choosing her husband [cf. svayaṃ-vara]; the plant Nigella Indica.
     patikāma pati-kāma, as, ā, am, Ved. wishing for a husband.
     patigaṇitaṭīkā pati-gaṇita-ṭīkā, f., N. of a commentary on the Līlāvatī.
     patighātinī pati-ghātinī, f., Ved. a woman who murders her husband.
     patighna pati-ghna, as, ī, am, killing a husband or surviving him; (ī), f. a woman who murders her husband, a husband-killer; a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless or treacherous to her husband.
     patighnīlakṣaṇa patighnī-lakṣaṇa, am, n. the mark of a husband-killer.
     patitva pati-tva or Ved. pati-tvana, am, n. mastership, lordship; the conjugal or marital state, wedlock, matrimony, marriage.
     patidarśanalālasa pati-darśana-lālasa, as, ā, am, longing to see one's husband.
     patidevatā pati-devatā or pati-devā, f. regarding a husband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others.
     patidviṣ pati-dviṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, Ved. hating a husband.
     patidharma pati-dharma, as, m. duty towards a husband.
     patidharmavatī patidharma-vatī, f. fulfilling duties towards a husband, fulfilling the duties of a wife, faithfully devoted to a husband.
     patiprāṇā pati-prāṇā, f. a faithful wife ('whose husband is her life').
     patiyāna pati-yāna, as, ā, am, leading to a husband.
     patirājyavinākṛta pati-rājya-vinākṛta, as, ā, am, excluded from a husband's kingdom.
     patirip pati-rip, p, p, p, Ved. hostile to or hating a husband.
     patilaṅghana pati-laṅghana, am, n. injuring a husband; disregarding a former husband by marrying another.
     patilālasa pati-lālasa, as, ā, am, longing for a husband.
     patiloka pati-loka, as, m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life.
     pativatī pati-vatī, f., Ved. a woman who possesses a husband, a married woman.
     pativatnī pati-vatnī, f. a woman who possesses a husband, a married woman, a wife whose husband is living.
     patividya pati-vidya, am, n., Ved. finding or procuring a husband.
     pativedana pati-vedana, as, ā, am, Ved. finding or procuring a husband; (as), m. an epithet of Aryaman; (au), m. du. a particular part of the body ('attracting a husband?'); (am), n. procuring a husband (by means of magical arts).
     pativrata pati-vrata, am, n. loyalty or fidelity to a husband; (ā), f. a devoted and virtuous wife (faithful to her husband).
     pativratātva pati-vratā-tva, am, n. loyalty or fidelity to a husband.
     patiśokākula pati-śokākula (-ka-āk-), as, ā, am, agitated or confounded with grief for a husband.
     patisevā pati-sevā, f. devotion to a husband.

patīya patīya, Nom. P. patīyati, &c., to wish for a husband; (perhaps also) to become strong.

patīyantī patīyantī, f. a woman wishing or fit for a husband.

patnī patnī, f. (sometimes for the sake of the metre and in a few comps. shortened to patni), a female possessor, a mistress (Ved.); a wife (even applied in one or two instances to the female of an animal, as in Ṛg-veda I. 140, 6, to a cow, but according to Sāy. patnī here = pālayitrī); (in astrology) N. of the seventh house. Adjective comps. ending in pati may remain unchanged in the fem. or may substitute patnī by Vārt. to Pāṇ. IV. 1, 34 (e. g. vṛddha-patnī or vṛddha-pati, a woman who has an old husband); but the form patnī only is allowed in such comps. as sa-patnī, a woman who has the same husband with another; eka-patnī, a woman who is faithful to one husband; [cf. jīva-p-; Gr. [greek]]
     patnītva patnī-tva, am, n. wifehood, the condition of a wife, matrimony; (pat-nītve grah, to take as a wife.)
     patnīvat patnī-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having a wife or accompanied by wives.
     patnīśālā patnī-śālā, f. a hut, tent, or room erected near the place of sacrifice for the wives and domestic use of the sacrificer.
     patnīsaṃyāja patnī-saṃyāja, ās, m. pl., Ved. the four Ājya oblations offered to Soma, Tvaṣṭṛ, the wives of the gods, and Agni-gṛhapati.
     patnīsaṃyājana patnī-saṃyājana, am, n. performing the Patnīsaṃyāja.
     patnīsannahana patnī-sannahana, am, n. girding a wife; the girdle of a wife.
     patnyāṭa patny-āṭa, as, m. a gynaeceum, the private or women's apartments.

patnīka patnīka, a substitute for patnī at the end of a comp.; [cf. a-p-, bahu-p-, sa-p-.]

patkāṣin pat-kāṣin. See 3. pad, col. 3.

pattaṅga pattaṅga, as, am, m. n. (probably a corruption of pattrāṅga), red sandal or sanders; (am), n. Caesalpina Sappan.

pattana pattana, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pat), a town, city; [cf. Lat. op-pidum.]
     pattanabaṇij pattana-baṇij, k, m. a town-tradesman, one who carries on his business in a town.
     pattanādhipati pattanādhipati (-na-adh-), is, m. 'governor of a city', N. of a prince.

pattaraṅga patta-raṅga = paṭṭa-raṅga, q. v.

pattalā pattalā, f. a circuit, district.

pattas pat-tas, ind. See 3. pad, col. 3.

patti patti. See under rt. 2. pad, col. 2.

pattūra pattūra, as, m. a kind of vegetable, Achyranthes Triandra; (am), n. red sandal or sanders.

pattra pattra, &c. See p. 527, col. 3.

pattraṅga pattraṅga. See pattrāṅga, p. 528.

pattrala pattrala, am, n. thin or skim milk.

patni patni, is, f., for patnī. See p. 528, col. 3.

patman patman, patsala. See p. 528, col. 2.

patsaṅgin pat-saṅgin, pat-sukha, &c. See under 3. pad, col. 3.

path path (connected with rt. panth, q. v.), cl. 1. P. pathati, papātha, apa-thīt, pathitum, to go, move; cl. 10. P. pāthayati, &c., to throw, cast, send.

patha patha, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pat; generally only at the end of a comp.), a path, way, road, course, reach; [cf. a-patha, aja-p-, adarśana-p-, &c.; cf. also Zend pathan, 'way;' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pon(t)-s, ponti-fex; Slav. pati, 'way;' Old Germ. pad, fad, phat; Angl. Sax. padh, päd; Hib. fath, 'a district, field.']
     pathakalpanā patha-kalpanā, f. juggling tricks, conjuring.
     pathadarśaka patha-darśaka, as, m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor.
     pathātithi pathātithi (-tha-at-), is, m. a traveller, wayfarer.
     patheṣṭhā pathe-ṣṭhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. standing in the way or on the road.

pathaka pathaka, as, ā, am, knowing the way, a guide.

pathat pathat, an, antī, at, going, travelling; (an), m. a road.

pathika pathika, as, ā or ī, am, knowing the way, going on a road; (as), m. a traveller, wayfarer; a guide, one who knows the way.
     pathikasantati pathika-santati or pathika-saṃhati, is, f. or pathika-sārtha, as, m. a collection or company of travellers, a caravan.
     pathikāśraya pathikāśraya (-ka-āś-), as, m. an asylum for travellers, an inn.

pathikā pathikā, f. a kind of vine with red grapes.

pathin pathin, panthās, m. (nom. voc. sing. panthās fr. a base panthas, the other strong cases fr. panthan, acc. pl. and other weak cases fr. path, middle cases fr. pathin, see Gram. 162; Ved. acc. sing. is pan-thām for panthānam, nom. pl. panthās or pan-thāsas or pathayas for panthānas), a path, way, road, course; a path in morals or religion, sect, doctrine; a division of hell (Manu IV. 90); panthā-naḥ santu te śivāḥ, may thy ways be happy! a happy journey to thee! pathi ny-as, see under ny-as).
     pathanvat pathan-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. containing the word pathin.
     pathikāra pathi-kāra, as, m. 'roadmaker', N. of a man (?).
     pathikṛt pathi-kṛt, t, t, t, Ved. making a road, constructing a path, preparing a way or ways; guiding, a guide; (t), m. an epithet of Agni.
     pathideya pathi-deya, am, n. a toll levied on public roads.
     pathidruma pathi-druma, as, m. the tree Acacia Catechu.
     pathiprajña pathi-prajña, as, ā, am, acquainted with roads.
     pathimat pathi-mat, ān, atī, at, containing the word pathin.
     pathimadhye pathi-madhye, ind. in the middle of the road.
     pathirakṣi pathi-rakṣi, is, is, i, Ved. or pathi-rakṣas, ās, ās, as, Ved. protecting ways or roads.
     pathivāhaka pathi-vāhaka, as, m. a fowler, bird-catcher; a porter, burden-bearer; (as, ā, am), cruel, hard.
     pathiṣad pathi-ṣad, t, t, t, Ved. sitting in the way; an epithet of Rudra; of the dogs of Yama.
     pathiṣṭhā pathi-ṣṭhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. standing in the way or on the road.
     pathistha pathi-stha, as, ā, am, being on the way, going.

pathila pathila, as, m. a traveller, wayfarer.

pathya pathya, as, ā, am (lit. belonging to a road, suitable for the way or course of anything), proper, fit, suitable, salutary, wholesome, agreeing with, (often said in a medical sense of diet, regimen, &c.); according to rule, containing elements or leading forms; (as), m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina; N. of a teacher of the Atharva-veda; (ā), f. a path, way, road, (pathyā revatī, f., Ved. 'the rich path', personified as a deity of happiness and welfare); the tree Terminalia Chebula or Citrina; other plants (= mṛgervāru, cirbhiṭā, bandhyā, karkoṭakī); N. of several metres, a sort of Bṛhatī; a kind of Paṅkti; a kind of Āryā; a kind of Vaktra; (am), n. a species of salt; [cf. a-pathya.]
     pathyaśāka pathya-śāka, as, m. a species of vegetable.
     pathyāpathya pathyāpathya (-ya-ap-), am, n. 'wholesome and unwholesome', the class of things that are considered beneficial or hurtful in disease.
     pathyāśin pathyāśin (-ya-āś-), ī, inī, i, eating or an eater of wholesome diet.

pad 1. pad, cl. 1. P. padati, &c., various reading for rt. bad, to stand fast or fixed.

pad 2. pad, cl. 4. A. (ep. also P.) pad-yate, pede, patsyate, apādi, pattum, to fall (Ved.); to fall down or drop with fatigue (Ved.); to perish (Ved.); to fall out (Ved.); to go, to go to (with acc.); to attain, obtain, participate in, gain; to turn one's self towards, observe: Caus. P. A. pādayati, -te, to cause to fall (Ved.); to cause to go, &c.; padayate, to go: Desid. pitsate: Intens. panīpadyate, panīpadīti; [cf. Zend pad, 'to go;' padh-a, 'a foot:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. Ped-u-m, ped-ica, com-pe(d)-s, ped-ūle, pe(d)-s, ped-e(t)-s, ped-es-ter, tri-pod-are, tri-pud-iu-m: Old Iceland. fet-ill, 'fetter:' Goth. fot-u-s, 'foot:' Old Germ. fezz-il, 'fetter;' fuoz, 'foot:' Mod. Germ. fuss: Eng. foot: Lith. pad-a-s, 'a sole;' ped-a, 'a foot-mark:' Hib. faoidh-im,  'I go;' faidh, 'departure.']

patti patti, is, m. (fr. rt. 2. pad or fr. 3. pad, col. 3), a footman, foot-soldier, infantry; a pedestrian; a hero; (ayas), m. pl., N. of a people [cf. paṭṭi]; (is), f. the smallest division of an army (= (1/3) of a senā-mukha) or a company consisting of one chariot, one elephant, three horsemen and five foot-soldiers, (according to others = senā-mukha = fifty-five footsoldiers); going, moving, walking.
     pattikarman patti-karman, a, n. the business or operations of infantry.
     pattikāya patti-kāya, as, m. infantry.
     pattigaṇaka patti-gaṇaka, as, m. an officer whose business is to number or muster the infantry.
     pattipaṅkti patti-paṅkti, is, f. a line of infantry.
     pattisaṃhati patti-saṃhati, is, f. a body of infantry, an assemblage of foot-soldiers; infantry.

pattika pattika, as, ā, am, going on foot, pedestrian.

pattin pattin, ī, m. a foot-soldier, footman.

pad 3. pad or pād, pāt, m. a foot; a step; a fourth part, quarter; [cf. pāda.]
     pacchabda pac-chabda, as, m. (pad + śabda), the noise of feet or of footsteps.
     pacchas pac-chas, ind. (pad + affix śas), Pāda by Pāda, stanza by stanza, foot by foot.
     pacchauca pac-chauca, am, n. (pad + śauca), cleansing or purifying the feet.
     pajja paj-ja, as, m. (pad + ja), 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra.
     patkāṣin pat-kāṣin, ī, iṇī, i, rubbing the feet, scratching the feet; going on foot, pedestrian; (ī), m. a footman, foot-soldier.
     pattas pat-tas, ind., Ved. from the feet; on foot.
     patsaṅgin pat-saṅgin, ī, inī, i, Ved. sticking or adhering to the feet.
     patsukha pat-sukha, as, ā, am, pleasant to the feet.
     patsutaḥśī patsutaḥ-śī, īs, īs, i, Ved. lying at the feet.
     patsutas patsu-tas, ind. (fr. loc. pl. of 3. pad + tas), Ved. at the feet.
     padanuṣaṅga pad-anuṣaṅga, as, m., Ved. anything added or appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse; [cf. padānuṣaṅga.]
     padibaddha padi-baddha, as, ā, am (fr. loc. sing. of rt. 3. pad + baddha), tied or bound by the feet.
     padga pad-ga, as, ā, am, going on foot, pedestrian; (as), m. a foot-soldier.
     padghoṣa pad-ghoṣa, as, m., Ved. the sound of footsteps.
     paddhati pad-dhati, is, ī, f. (pad + hati), a way, path, road; a line, row, range; N. of a class of writings, (described as guide-books or commentaries or a kind of manual detailing the mode of performing certaing rites and ceremonies and collecting the texts relating to them); a family name, a surname, title, or perhaps more accurately the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. which are used as proper names (as gupta at the end of Vaiśya names, and dāsa at the end of Śūdra names).
     paddhaticintāmaṇi paddhati-cintāmaṇi, is, m. or paddhati-bhūṣaṇa, am, n., N. of a work on astronomy.
     paddhima pad-dhima, am, n. (pad + hima), coldness of the feet.
     padratha pad-ratha, as, m. a footman, foot-soldier.
     padvat pad-vat, ān, atī, at, having feet; running; (at), n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion.
     pannaddhā pan-naddhā or pan-naddhrī, f. a shoe, boot.
     panniṣka pan-niṣka, as, m. one quarter of a Nishka.
     pannejanī pan-nejanī, nyas, f. pl. (with āpas) a bath for the feet.
     panmiśra pan-miśra = pāda-miśra, Pāṇ. VI. 3, 56.

pada pada, am, n. a step, pace, stride (e. g. padāt padaṃ calitum, to move on a step from any position; pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion; madhyamaṃ vaiṣṇavam padam, Viṣṇu's middle stride, i. e. the air); a footstep, footprint, footmark, trace, track, vestige, mark (e. g. viṣṇos trīṇi padāni, the three footprints of Viṣṇu, said to mean the space between the eyebrows, but probably the N. of a constellation; viṣṇoḥ padam, 'Viṣṇu's footprint', N. of a place; kararuha-pada, the mark of finger-nails, cf. na-kha-p-, daśana-p-; padam anuvidheyam ma-hatām, the footsteps of the great are to be followed); a sign, token, characteristic; a particular measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or (1/2) or (1/3) or (2/7) of a Pra-krama); a footing, stand-point, standingplace, position, station, site (e. g. bhrāmayitvā padāt padam, having caused to wander from place to place; padam ā-tan, to spread or extend one's position); an abode, home; a place, post, office, rank, degree, dignity (e. g. ślāghya-padam prāpya, having obtained an honourable position); a business, affair, matter, (padaṃ kṛ, to have dealings with any one, with loc. or acc. of the person or with prati); an object, thing; occasion, cause, subject (e. g. sandeha-padeṣu vastuṣu, in matters which are subjects of doubt; aṣṭādaśa vya-vahāra-padāni, eighteen titles of law or occasions of litigation); pretext (= apa-deśa); a part, portion, division [cf. tri-pada]; a plot of ground; a square on a chess-board; a foot, (according to Hemacandra in this sense also as, m.; padena, on foot; padaṃ kṛ, to set foot in or on; kariṣyasi padam punar āśrame, thou shalt again set foot in the hermitage; mūrdhni padaṃ kṛ, to set the foot upon the head of any one, i. e. to conquer or overcome; hṛdaye or citte padaṃ kṛ, to take possession of any one's heart or mind; padaṃ kṛ may also mean 'to put confidence in'); a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza, (vasiṣṭhasya padaṃ, N. of a Sāman); a word; (according to Pāṇini) a complete word, i. e. an inflected word or a prātipadika, q. v., with the case-terminations added, (also in Pāṇini's system) the base of a noun before all case-terminations beginning with consonants except those of the strong cases, and before all the Taddhita affixes beginning with consonants except y; a mode of writing the Vedas in which the several words are detached from one another [cf. pada-pāṭha]; (in arithmetic) any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required; the last of a series, a period in an arithmetical progression; a square root; a quadrant; protection; (as), m. a ray of light. At the end of comps. the fem. form is padā; [cf. a-p-, anu-p-, duṣ-p-, niṣ-p-.]
     padakāra pada-kāra, as, m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha; one who divides or separates compound words.
     padakāla pada-kāla, as, m. = pada-pāṭha.
     padakṛt pada-kṛt, t, m. = pada-kāra.
     padakṛtya pada-kṛtya, N. of a commentary on the Tarka-saṅgraha by Candraja-siṃha.
     padakrama pada-krama, as, m. a series of steps, pace, walking [cf. citra-pada-kramam]; a series of quarters of verses; a particular method of reading or writing the Vedas, see krama; (ās), m. pl. the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas.
     padakramaka padakramaka, am, n. the Pada-pāṭha and Krama-pāṭha.
     padaga pada-ga, as, ā, am, going on foot or with the feet; (as), m. a footman, a foot-soldier, &c.
     padagata pada-gata, as, ā, am, gone on foot, described or recorded in a line or stanza.
     padagati pada-gati, is, f. going on foot, manner of going, gait.
     padagotra pada-gotra, am, n. a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words.
     padacaturūrdhva pada-catur-ūrdhva, am, n. a kind of metre in which every Pada is four syllables longer than the preceding.
     padacandrikā pada-can-drikā, f. 'elucidation of words' [cf. candrikā]; N. of a commentary by Rāja-mukuṭa on the Amarakosha.
     padacihna pada-cihna, am, n. a footmark, footprint, footstep.
     padaccheda pada-ccheda, as, m. separation of words (in speaking), resolving a sentence into its elementary parts; parsing.
     padacyuta pada-cyuta, as, ā, am, fallen from a position or office, dismissed from a place or official station.
     padajāta pada-jāta, am, n. a class of words.
     padajña pada-jña, as, ā, am, Ved. knowing places, knowing the footmarks (of the cows), knowing degress.
     padajyotis pada-jyotis, n., N. of a work.
     padatā pada-tā, f. the original form of a word.
     padatva pada-tva, am, n. the state of a word.
     padadārḍhya pada-dārḍhya, am, n. fixedness or security of text.
     padadevatā pada-devatā, f. a deity supposed to preside over a particular class of words.
     padanidhana pada-nidhana, as, ā, am, Ved. having the Nidhana at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman).
     padanī pada-nī, īs, īs, i, Ved. one who guides the steps of another, a guide.
     padanyāsa pada-nyāsa, as, m. putting down the feet, stepping, step, footfall, tread; pace, footmark; position of the feet in a particular attitude; conduct, procedure (?); writing down verses or quarters of verses; the plant Asteracantha Longifolia Nees (= go-kṣura).
     padapaṅkti pada-paṅkti, is, f. a series or row of footsteps or footmarks; a kind of metre consisting of five Padas of five syllables each; an Iṣṭakā or sacred brick called after this metre; a series of words.
     padapaddhati pada-pad-dhati, is, f. a series of footsteps or footmarks.
     padapāṭha pada-pāṭha, as, m. a particular method of reading and writing the text of the Vedas, by which eachword is written and pronounced in its original form, separately and independently, i. e. without regard to its connection with the following or preceding word and without regard to the rules of Sandhi.
     padapāta pada-pāta, as, m. foot-fall, tread, step, pace.
     padapūraṇa pada-pūraṇa, as, ā, am, filling out a verse, serving to complete a verse.
     padabandha pada-bandha, as, m. a footstep, step.
     padabhañjana pada-bhañjana, am, n. separating the words of a line or sentence, analysing words, explanation of obscure or obsolete words, etymology.
     padabhañjikā pada-bhañjikā, f. a commentary which separates the words from each other and analyses the compounds into their parts; a register, a journal, a calendar or almanac.
     padabhraṃśa pada-bhraṃśa, as, m. dismissal from an office.
     padamañjarī pada-mañjarī, f., N. of a commentary by Haradatta-miśra on the Kāśikā vṛtti; N. of Loka-nātha's commentary on the Amara-kosha.
     padamālā pada-mālā, f. 'word-wreath', a form of magical words, a magical formula, an incantation.
     padayopana pada-yopana, as, ī, am, Ved. stopping or obstructing the steps; (am), n. a fetter for the feet.
     padavākyaratnākara pada-vākya-ratnākara (-na-āk-), as, m., N. of a grammatical work by Gokula-nātha.
     padavāya pada-vāya, as, m., Ved. a leader, &c.; [cf. padavī.]
     padavikṣepa pada-vikṣepa, as, m. step, pace, walking; a horse's paces.
     padavigraha pada-vigraha or pada-viccheda, as,  m. separation of words, dividing words.
     padavid pada-vid, t, t, t, Ved. knowing places; familiar with anything.
     padaviṣṭambha pada-viṣṭambha, as, m. tread, step, stamp with the foot.
     padavī pada-vī, īs, m., Ved. a leader, guide, one who precedes another; (pada-vī or according to some also pada-vi, is), f. a road, path, way, track (e. g. mokṣa-padavī, the way to final beatitude; payasaḥ pa-davī, a water-course, canal; artha-padavīṃ gam, to go the way of profit, to consult one's interest; smaraṇa-padavīṃ gata, gone to the way of memory, i. e. living only in the memory, dead; hāsya-padavīṃ gam, to go the way of laughter, i. e. to become a subject of ridicule); station, situation, degree, rank, post, office; place, site.
     padavīya pada-vīya, am, n., Ved. seeking for the track or traces of anything.
     padavṛtti pada-vṛtti, is, f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence.
     padavṛddhi pada-vṛddhi, is, f. increase of rank or station.
     padavyākhyāna pada-vyākhyāna, am, n. the interpretation of words.
     padaśas pada-śas, ind. step by step, gradually, by degrees.
     padaśreṇi pada-śreṇi, is, f. a series of steps.
     padaṣṭhīva pada-ṣṭhīva, am, n. the feet and knees.
     padasaṃhitā pada-saṃhitā, f. = pada-pāṭha, q. v.
     padasaṅghāṭa pada-saṅghāṭa or pada-saṅghāta, as, m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain; a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifies words.
     padasadhātu pa-da-sadhātu, u, n. a manner of singing.
     padasandhi pada-sandhi, is, m. the euphonic combination of words.
     padasamūha pada-samūha, as, m. a series of words or parts of verses; = pada-pāṭha, q. v.
     padastobha pada-stobha, N. of a work.
     padastha pada-stha, as, ā, am, standing on one's feet, going on foot; being in an official position, having rank, fixed in a station or office.
     padasthāna pada-sthāna, am, n. footprint, footmark.
     padasthita pada-sthita, as, ā, am, standing on one's feet, going on foot.
     padāṅka padāṅka (-da-aṅ-), as,  m. footmark, footprint.
     padāṅkadūta padāṅka-dūta, 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛṣṇa)', N. of a poem.
     padāṅgī padāṅgī (-da-aṅ-), f. a species of plant (= haṃśa-padī).
     padāṅguṣṭha padāṅguṣṭha (-da-aṅ-), as, m. the great toe; [cf. pādāṅguṣṭha.]
     padāji padāji (-da-āji), is, m. a footman, foot-soldier.
     padādi padādi (-da-ādi), is, m. the beginning of the line of a stanza; the beginning or first letter of a word.
     padādyavid padādyavid, t, m. (either padādi-avid, one who does not know the beginning of verses, or padādya-vid, one who knows only the first parts of a verse or of a word), a bad student.
     padādhyayana padādhya-yana (-da-adh-), am, n. the study of the Vedas according to the Pada-pāṭha.
     padānuga padānuga (-da-an-), as, ā, am, following at one's heels, following closely after (with gen.); suitable, agreeable to; (as), m. a companion, follower.
     padānurāga padānurāga (-da-an-), as, m. a servant; an army.
     padānuśāsana padānu-śāsana (-da-an-), am, n. the science of words, grammar.
     padānuṣaṅga padānuṣaṅga (-da-an-), as, m. anything added or appended to a Pada; [cf. pad-anuṣaṅga.]
     padānusvāra padānusvāra (-da-an-), am, n., Ved., N. of a Sāman (?).
     padānta padānta (-da-an-), as, m. the end of a line in a stanza; the end of a word; (as, ā, am), having the word Pada at the end, ending in the word Pada.
     padāntara padāntara (-da-an-), am, n. an interval of one step (e. g. padāntare sthitvā, stopping after taking one step; a-padān-tara, not having an interval of one step, closely connected; a-padāntaram, ind. without any interval, immediately upon, closely, without a pause).
     padāntaśuddhāśuddhīya pa-dānta-śuddhāśuddhīya (-dha-aś-), am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     padāntīya padāntīya or padāntya, as, ā, am, being at the end of a word, final.
     padābhilāṣin padābhilāṣin (-da-abh-), ī, iṇī, i, wishing for an office.
     padāmbhoja pa-dāmbhoja (-da-am-), am, n. 'lotus-foot', the foot of a mistress or divinity; (there are many similar compounds, as padāravinda, q. v.)
     padāyatā padāyatā (-da-āy-), f. a shoe; [cf. pan-naddhā.]
     padāravinda padā-ravinda (-da-ar-), am, n. 'lotus-foot', the foot of a mistress, of a divinity, &c.
     padārtha padārtha (-da-ar-), as, m. the meaning of a word, the thing corresponding to a word, a thing, object; a head or topic (of which sixteen are enumerated by the Naiyāyikas, viz. proof, that which is to be known and proven, doubt, motive, example, dogmatic truth, the member of a regular argument or syllogism, reasoning by reductio ad absurdum, ascertainment, disquisition, controversy, cavil, fallacious reason, perversion, futility, and occasion for rebuke); category or predicament in logic (of which seven are enumerated by the Vaiśeṣikas, viz. dravya, substance; guṇa, quality; karman, action; sāmānya, genus; viśeṣa, difference; samavāya, co-inherence; a-bhāva, non-existence); the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied, (see Pāṇ. I. 4, 96.)
     padārthakaumudī padārtha-kaumudī, f., N. of a commentary on the Amara-kosha.
     padārthadīpikā padārtha-dīpikā, f., N. of an introduction to the study of logic by Koṇḍa-bhaṭṭa.
     padārthadharmasaṅgraha padārtha-dharma-saṅ-graha, as, m., N. of a work.
     padārthaprakāśa padārtha-prakāśa, as, m. = padārtha-mālā, q. v.
     padārthabodha padārtha-bodha, as, m., N. of a work on the Nyāya philosophy.
     padārthamālā padārtha-mālā, f., N. of an elementary treatise on the Nyāya philosophy.
     padārthamālādīpikā padārthamālā-dī-pikā, f., N. of a Nyāya work.
     padārthaviveka padārtha-viveka, as, m., N. of a work on the categories of the Vaiśeṣikas.
     padāvalī padāvalī (-da-āv-), f. a series of lines in stanzas, a series of words; N. of a grammar.
     padāvṛtti padāvṛtti (-da-āv-), is, f. the repetition of a word.
     padāsana padāsana (-da-ās-), am, n. a footstool.
     padāhata padāhata (-da-āh-), as, ā, am, kicked.
     padodāharaṇa pa-dodāharaṇa (-da-ud-), am, n. an example taken from the Pada-pāṭha.
     padopahata padopahata (-da-up-), see Pāṇ. VI. 3, 52.

padaka padaka, am, n. a step; a position; an office; (as), m. a Nishka or weight of gold; an ornament of the neck; (as, ā, am), familiar with the Padapāṭha.

padana padana, as, ā, am, who or what goes or moves.

padanīya padanīya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be investigated.

padāta padāta, as, m. (properly pada + āta), a footman, pedestrian.

padāti padāti, is, is, i (properly pada + āti), going or being on foot; (is), m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, peon; N. of a son of Janam-ejaya.
     padātijana padāti-jana, as, m. a footman, pedestrian.
     padātijanasaṅkula padātijana-saṅkula, as, ā, am, mingled with footmen or pedestrians.
     padātimātra padāti-mātra, as, m. only a foot-soldier.
     padātyadhyakṣa padāty-adhyakṣa, as, m. the commander-in-chief of the infantry.

padātika padātika, as, m. a footman, foot-soldier, peon.

padātin padātin, ī, inī, i, having foot-soldiers; going on foot, being on foot; (ī), m. a foot-soldier.

padātīya padātīya, as, m. a foot-soldier, footman, pedestrian.

padāra padāra, as, m. the dust of the feet; a boat (= pādālinda).

padāsa padāsa, am, n. (said to be fr. pada + 1. āsa), with vasiṣṭhasya, N. of a Sāman.

padi padi, is, m. (according to the Nirukta = gantu), Ved. an animal which uses its feet for locomotion; a bird; a particular kind of animal (?).

padika padika, as, ā, am, going on foot, pedestrian; one Pada long; containing only one division; (as), m. a footman, foot-soldier; (am), n. the point of the foot.

padeka padeka, as, m. a hawk, falcon.

padekṛtya pade-kṛtya (or pade kṛtvā), ind. having placed in a position, (Pāṇ. I. 4, 76.)

padvan padvan, ā, m. a road, path, way.

panna panna, as, ā, am, fallen, gone down or downwards, sunk, descended; gone; (as), m. downward motion, falling, descent, fall; creeping on the ground.
     pannaga panna-ga, as, m. 'creeping along the ground', a snake, serpent, serpent-demon or Nāga; a species of plant (= padma-kāṣṭha); (ā), f. a female serpent, a female serpent-demon; (ī), f. a species of shrub (= sarpiṇī).
     pannagakeśara pannaga-keśara, as, m. Mesua Roxburghii.
     pannaganāśana pannaga-nāśana, as, m. 'serpent-destroyer', an epithet of Garuḍa, the bird and vehicle of Viṣṇu.
     pannagamaya pannaga-maya, as, ī, am, formed or consisting of serpents.
     pannagāri pannagāri (-ga-ari), is, m. 'enemy of serpents', an epithet of Garuḍa; N. of a teacher; (also read panna-gāni.)
     pannagāśana pannagāśana (-ga-aś-), as, m. 'serpentdevourer', an epithet of Garuḍa.
     pannāgāra pannāgāra (-na-ag- or āg-), as, m., N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants.

padavī pada-vī. See p. 530, col. 2.

paddhati pad-dhati. See 3. pad, p. 529, col. 3.

padma padma, as, am, m. n. (perhaps for an original pad-mat, rich in stalks, but said to be fr. rt. 2. pad), a lotus, lotus-flower, especially the Nelumbium Speciosum (not the plant itself, but the flower which closes towards the evening; often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba); a lotus-like ornament; the form or figure of a lotus; a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the six divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, (see cakra); a particular mark or mole on the human body; a spot; red or coloured marks on the face and trunk of an elephant; N. of a particular part of a column or pillar; an army arrayed in the form of a lotus; a particular posture of the body in religious meditation; one of the personified treasures of Kuvera as worshipped by the Tāntrikas; a particular high number, 1000 billions; N. of a constellation; (with Buddhists) N. of a particular hell (characterized by coldness); a species of fragrant plant (= padma-kāṣṭha); the root of the Nelumbium Speciosum; a species of bdellium; a particular fragrant substance; lead; (as), m. a kind of temple; a kind of coitus; one of the eight treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī; a species of plant; an elephant; a species of serpent; a Nāga; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; (with Jainas) N. of the ninth Cakra-vartin in Bhārata; an epithet of Rāma (the son of Daśa-ratha by his wife Kauśalyā); N. of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple, see padma-svāmin); of a man; of a Brāhman; of a mythical elephant [cf. mahā-padma]; of a monkey; of a mountain; (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', an epithet of Śrī, the goddess of fortune and wife of Viṣṇu [cf. padma-śrī]; N. of two plants, Clerodendrum Siphonanthus and Hibiscus Mutabilis; cloves; the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria; N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata, the twentieth Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī; N. of a female serpentdemon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru; cf. padma-priyā); N. of a daughter of king Bṛhad-ratha and wife of Kalki; (as, ā, am), lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus.
     padmakara padma-kara, as, m. a lotus-like hand, a hand like a lotus; (as, ā, am), having a lotus in the hand, holding a lotus; (ā), f. an epithet of Śrī; (as), m., N. of the sun.
     padmakarṇika padma-karṇika (perhaps incorrect for padma-karṇikā), the capsule or pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form.
     padmakalikā padma-kalikā, f. an unblown lotus.
     padmakāṣṭha padma-kāṣṭha, am, n. a fragrant wood used in medicine and described as cooling and tonic (= kedāra-ja, padma-vṛkṣa, &c.).
     padmakīṭa pad-ma-kīṭa, as, m. a species of venomous insect.
     padmakūṭa padma-kūṭa, am, n. 'lotus-peak', N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā.
     padmaketana padma-ketana, as, m. 'characterized by a lotus', N. of a son of Garuḍa.
     padmaketu padma-ketu, us, m., N. of a Ketu.
     padmakeśara padma-keśara, as, am, m. n. the filament of a lotus.
     padmakośa padma-kośa or padma-koṣa, as, m. the calyx of a lotus; a particular position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus.
     padmakṣetra padma-kṣetra, am, n., N. of one of four districts in Orissa held especially sacred.
     padmakhaṇḍa padma-khaṇḍa, am, n. a quantity of lotuses, a spot abounding with them.
     padmagandha padma-gandha, as, ā, am, or padma-gandhi, is, is, i, lotus-scented, smelling like a lotus, fragrant as a lotus.
     padmagarbha padma-garbha, as, ā, am, 'lotus-born', sprung from a lotus; (as), m. an epithet of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu; of Śiva; the sun; N. of a man; of a Bodhi-sattva; of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan.
     padmagṛhā padma-gṛhā, f. 'lotus-housed', 'living in a lotus', an epithet of Lakṣmī.
     padmacāriṇī padma-cāriṇī, f. a small tree, Hibiscus Mutabilis.
     padmaja padma-ja, as, m. 'lotus-born', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmatantu padma-tantu, us, m. the fibrous stalk of a lotus or the fibre of a lotus-stalk.
     padmadarśana padma-darśana, as, ā, am, looking like a lotus; (as), m. the resin of the Pinus Longifolia; N. of a man.
     padmanandin padma-nandin, ī, m., N. of an author.
     padmanābha padma-nābha, having a lotus springing from his navel; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (so called because the lotus containing Brahmā, the future creator, sprang from his navel); N. of the eleventh month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrṣa); N. of a Nāga; of one of the 100 sons of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra; of the first Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī; of various other men; of a magical formula pronounced over weapons.
     padmanābhadatta padmanābha-datta, as, m., N. of a grammarian and lexicographer, father of Vijñāneśvara.
     padmanābhabīja padmanābha-bīja, am, n. the algebra of Padma-nābha.
     padmanābhabhaṭṭa padmanābha-bhaṭṭa, as, m., N. of the father of the commentator Vijñāneśvara.
     padmanābhi padma-nābhi, is, m. an epithet of Viṣṇu, (see padma-nābha.)
     padmanāla padma-nāla, am, n. a lotus-stalk.
     padmanibhekṣaṇa padma-nibhekṣaṇa (-bha-īkṣ-), as, ā, am, having lotus-like eyes, whose eyes are like a lotus.
     padmanimīlana padma-nimīlana, am, n. the closing of a lotus.
     padmanetra padma-netra, as, m. 'lotus-eyed', N. of a future Buddha.
     padmapattra padma-pattra, am, n. a lotus-leaf, the petal of a lotus; Costus Speciosus.
     padmapattranibhekṣaṇa padmapattra-nibhekṣaṇa (-bha-īkṣ-), as, ā, am, having eyes like lotus-leaves.
     padmapada padma-pada or padma-pāda, as, m., N. of an author, the pupil of Śaṅkara.
     padmaparṇa padma-parṇa, am, n. Costus Speciosus.
     padmapāṇi padma-pāṇi, is, m. 'lotus-handed', 'holding a lotus in his hand', an epithet of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu; the sun; N. of a particular Buddha; epithet of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokiteśvara.
     padmapādācārya padma-pādācārya (-da-āc-), as, m., N. of a preceptor.
     padmapura padma-pura, am, n., N. of a city founded by Padma.
     padmapurāṇa padma-purāṇa, am, n. 'Lotus-purāṇa', N. of a Purāṇa describing the period during which the world was a lotus.
     padmapuṣpa padma-puṣpa, as, m. the plant Pterospermum Acerifolium; a species of small bird (= pikāṅga).
     padmaprabha padma-prabha, as, m., N. of a future Buddha; of a divine being; (with Jainas) of the sixth Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī.
     padmapriyā padma-priyā, f. an epithet of the goddess Manasā, wife of Jarat-kāru.
     padmabandha padma-bandha, as, m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower, (the several syllables being distributed on the eight petals of the flower and a syllable to be repeated before each group of syllables being written on the part representing the pericarp.)
     padmabandhu padma-bandhu, us, m. 'friend of the lotus', an epithet of the Sun; a bee.
     padmabīja padma-bīja, am, n. a lotus-seed, the seed of a lotus.
     padmabījābha padmabījābha (-ja-ābh-), am, n. 'resembling the lotus-seed', the seed of Euryala Ferox.
     padmabhava padma-bhava, as, ā, am, 'lotus-born', 'produced from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmabhāsa padma-bhāsa, as, m. 'brilliant with a lotus', or 'bright as a lotus', an epithet of Viṣṇu; [cf. padma-hāsa.]
     padmabhū padma-bhū, ūs, m. 'lotusborn', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmamaya padma-maya, as, ī, am, made or consisting of lotus-flowers.
     padmamālin padma-mālin, ī, inī, i, 'lotus-garlanded', wearing a garland of lotuses; (ī), m., N. of a Rakshas; (inī), f. an epithet of Śrī.
     padmamihira padma-mihira, as, m., N. of the writer of a history of Kaśmīra.
     padmamukhī padma-mukhī, f. a species of prickly nightshade, Alhagi Maurorum.
     padmayoni padma-yoni, is, or padma-yonin,  ī, m. 'lotus-born', 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; N. of a man.
     padmaratha padma-ratha, as, m., N. of two princes.
     padmarāga padma-rāga, as, ā, am, lotus-hued, of the colour of a lotus; (as), m. a ruby; (ī), f., N. of one of the tongues of Fire.
     padmarāgamaya padmarāga-maya, as, ī, am, made or consisting of rubies.
     padmarāja padma-rāja, as, m., N. of two persons.
     padmarūpa padma-rūpa, ā, f. 'lotus-hued', an epithet of Śrī.
     padmarekhā padma-rekhā, f. a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth.
     padmalāñchana padma-lāñchana, as, m. 'marked or symbolized by a lotus', a king; an epithet of Brahmā; an epithet of Kuvera; the sun; (ā), f. an epithet of the goddess Śrī; an epithet of Sarasvatī; an epithet of Tārā.
     padmalekhā padma-lekhā, f., N. of a woman.
     padmalocana padma-locana, as, ā, am, lotus-eyed.
     padmavat padma-vat, ān, atī, at, full of lotuses, abounding in lotusflowers; (atī), f., N. of a wife of A-śoka.
     padmavarṇa padma-varṇa, as, ā, am, lotus-hued, lotus-coloured; (as), m., N. of a son of Yadu.
     padmavarṇaka padmavarṇaka, am, n. Costus Speciosus.
     padmavāsā padma-vāsā, f. 'dwelling in a lotus', an epithet of Śrī (as having dwelt at the creation within the petals of a lotus).
     padmavāhinī padma-vā-hinī, f., N. of a work.
     padmaviṣaya padma-viṣaya, as, m., N. of a country.
     padmavṛkṣa padma-vṛkṣa, am, n. = padma-kāṣṭha, q. v.
     padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin padma-vṛṣabha-vikrā-min, ī, m., N. of a future Buddha.
     padmavyūha padma-vyūha, as, m., N. of a Sam-ādhi.
     padmaśas padma-śas, ind. by thousands of billions.
     padmaśrī padma-śrī, īs, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva; (īs), f., N. of two princesses.
     padmaśrīgarbha padmaśrī-garbha, as, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva.
     padmaṣaṇḍa padma-ṣaṇḍa, am, n. a quantity or multitude of lotuses; [cf. padma-khaṇḍa.]
     padmasaṅkāśa padma-saṅkāśa, as, ā, am, lotus-like, resembling a lotus.
     padmasamāsana padma-samāsana, as, m. 'having a seat like a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmasambhava padma-sambhava, as, m. 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; N. of a Buddhist scholar.
     padmasaras padma-saras, as, n. 'lotuslake', N. of various lakes.
     padmasūtra padma-sūtra, am, n. a garland of lotuses.
     padmasena padma-sena, as, m., N. of a man.
     padmasaugandhika padma-saugandhika, as, ī, am, fragrant as a lotus.
     padmasnuṣā padma-snuṣā, f. 'daughter-in-law of a lotus', an epithet of Gaṅgā; of Śrī; of Durgā.
     padmasvastika padma-svastika, as, am, m. n. a mystical mark consisting of lotus-flowers; (according to the scholiast) a four-cornered sort of painting.
     padmasvāmin padma-svāmin, ī, m., N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma.
     padmahāsa pad-ma-hāsa, as, m. 'smiling like a lotus or with a lotus', an epithet of Viṣṇu; [cf. padma-bhāsa.]
     padmākara padmākara (-ma-āk-), as, m. a lotus-pool; a large deep tank or pond abounding in lotuses.
     padmākarabhaṭṭa padmākara-bhaṭṭa, as, m., N. of a scholar.
     padmākāra padmākāra (-ma-āk-), as, ā, am, lotusshaped, shaped like a lotus.
     padmākṣa padmākṣa (-ma-akṣa), as, ī, am, lotus-eyed, having eyes like a lotus; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu; N. of a man; (am), n. the seed of the lotus.
     padmāṭa padmāṭa (-ma-āṭa), as, m. Cassia Tora.
     padmāntara padmāntara (-ma-an-), as, m. a lotus-leaf, the petal of a lotus.
     padmālaya pad-mālaya (-ma-āl-), as, m. 'dwelling in a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; (ā), f. an epithet of Śrī.
     padmāsana padmāsana (-ma-ās-), am, n. a lotus-seat, a seat or throne in the shape of a lotus, especially one on which idols are placed; a particular posture in religious meditation, sitting with the thighs crossed with one hand resting on the left thigh, the other held up with the thumb upon the heart, and the eyes directed to the tip of the nose; a kind of coitus; (as, ā, am), 'sitting in a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; of Śiva; of the goddess Manasā; sitting in the position called Padmāsana; (as), m. the sun.
     padmāhvā pad-māhvā (-ma-āh-), f. = padma-cāriṇī, q. v.
     padmeśaya pad-me-śaya, as, ā, am, reclining or sleeping on a lotus; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     padmottama padmot-tama (-ma-ut-), as, m., N. of a future Buddha.
     padmottara padmottara (-ma-ut-), as, m. the plant Carthamus Tinctorius; N. of a man; of a Buddha.
     padmottarātmaja padmottarātma-ja (-ra-āt-), as, m. 'son of Padmottara', (with Jainas) epithet of the ninth Cakra-vartin in Bhārata.
     padmodbhava padmodbhava (-ma-ud-), as, ā, am, 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā, of the goddess Manasā; (as), m., N. of a man; origin of the lotus (?).
     padmodbhavaprādurbhāva padmodbhava-prādurbhāva (-ma-ud-), as, m. 'the manifestation of Brahmā on the lotus', N. of the ninth chapter of the first part of the Kūrma-purāṇa.

padmaka padmaka, as, m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower; N. of several men; (as, am), m. n. red or coloured spots on the skin of an elephant; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; (am), n. a particular posture in sitting; a species of tree and its wood which is used for various purposes (= padma-kāṣṭha = kuṣṭha, Costus Speciosus or Arabicus).
     padmakāmalakaplakṣakadamboḍumbarāvṛta padmakāmalaka-plakṣa-kadamboḍumbarā-vṛta (-ka-ām-, -ba-uḍ-, -ra-āv-), as, ā, am, filled with lotuses, Emblic Myrobalans, fig-trees, Nauclea Kadambas and Uḍumbaras (a kind of fig-tree).

padmakin padmakin, ī, m. the Indian birch tree (= bhūrja), the bark of which is used for writing upon, &c.

padmāvata padmāvata, as, m., N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa.

padmāvatī padmāvatī, f. Hibiscus Mutabilis; a kind of Prākṛt metre; an epithet of Lakṣmī; N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda; an epithet of the goddess Manasā; N. of a divine being executing the orders of the twenty-third Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī; N. of a wife of king Śṛgāla; of a wife of Yudhi-ṣṭhira, king of Kaśmīra; of the wife of Jaya-deva; of a poetess; of a wife of king Vīrabāhu; of king Naya-pāla; of a city; of a river; of the seventeenth Lambaka of the Kathā-saritsāgara.
     padmāvatīpriya padmāvatī-priya, as, m. 'husband of Padmāvatī', an epithet of Jarat-kāru.

padmin padmin, ī, inī, i, possessing lotuses; spotted or having coloured marks (as an elephant); (ī), m. an elephant; (inī), f. a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum, (the whole plant, whereas padma is properly only the flower; the same difference exists between abja and abjinī, nalina and nalinī, &c.); a multitude of lotuses or lake abounding in them; a lotuspool, a pool or pond (especially one deep enough for the growth of the lotus); the fibrous stalk of a lotus; a female elephant; a particular magical art; a woman of the first and most excellent of the four classes into which the sex is distinguished; N. of a woman.
     padminīkaṇṭaka pad-minī-kaṇṭaka, as, m., N. of a kind of leprosy.
     padminīkānta padminī-kānta, as, m. 'beloved of the lotuses', an epithet of the Sun, (so called because the Nelumbium Speciosum closes towards the evening.)
     padminīkhaṇḍa pad-minī-khaṇḍa, am, n. a multitude of lotuses, a place abounding in lotuses or district in which they grow.
     padminīvallabha padminī-vallabha, as, m. 'friend of the lotuses', an epithet of the Sun.
     padminīśa padminīśa (-nī-īśa), as, m. 'lord of the lotuses', the Sun.

padya padya, as, ā, am (fr. 3. pad or pada), relating to or belonging to the foot; paining or hurting or coming in contact with the feet; bearing traces of the feet, marked with footprints, measuring a Pada in length, (at the end of a comp. with a preceding numeral, e. g. daśa-padya, ten Padas long); consisting of Padas, formed of parts of verses; consisting of one Pada; belonging to a word; final; (as), m. a Śūdra (as sprung from the feet of Brahmā); a part of a word, a verbal element; (ā), f. a way, path, road; (ās), f. pl., Ved. footsteps, paces; (am), n. a verse, metre, poetry.
     padyamaya padya-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of verses.
     padyaveṇī padya-veṇī, f., N. of a collection of poems by Veṇīdatta.
     padyasaṅgraha padya-saṅgraha, as, m. a collection of verses, N. of a collection of twenty verses ascribed to Kavi-bhaṭṭa.

padra padra, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. pad), a village; the entrance into a village; the earth; a particular district.

padva padva, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. pad), the abode or world of human beings; a road; a car; (nisarga-padva, as, ī, am, naturally inclined to, feeling attracted towards.)

padvan padvan. See p. 530, col. 3.

pan pan, cl. 1. P. A. panāyati, -te, (Ved. panayati, -te), pene, panitā or panā-yitā, panitum or panāyitum (mostly Ved.), to be worthy of admiration; to admire; to regard with surprise or wonder; to praise; to acknowledge, recognise; (A.) to rejoice at, be glad of, congratulate one's self upon (with gen.).

panayāyya panayāyya, as, ā, am, Ved. worthy of admiration, admirable; astonishing, surprising.

panasya panasya, Nom. A. panasyate, &c., Ved. to show one's self worthy of admiration, be admirable.

panasyu panasyu, us, us, u, Ved. showing one's self worthy of admiration, boasting; an epithet of the Maruts, of Indra, &c.

panāyita panāyita, as, ā, am, praised.

panāyya panāyya, as, ā, am, Ved. worthy of admiration, admirable, surprising.

panita panita, as, ā, am, admired, praised.

panitṛ panitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, acknowledging with praise, praising.

panipnat panipnat, at, atī, at (pres. part. of the Intens.), Ved. showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise.

paniṣṭama paniṣṭama, as, ā, am (perhaps for paniṣṭha-tama, cf. nediṣṭha-tama), Ved. highly praised; (but Sāy. takes it for 1st pers. pl. = stumaḥ.)

paniṣṭi paniṣṭi, is, f., Ved. (perhaps) admiration, praise.

paniṣṭha paniṣṭha, as, ā, am, Ved. very wonderful, exceedingly glorious or praiseworthy.

panīyas panīyas, ān, asī, as, Ved. more wonderful or praiseworthy, very wonderful.

panu panu, us, or panū, ūs, Ved. admiration, praise.

panya panya, as, ā, am, Ved. praiseworthy; astonishing.

panyas panyas, ān, asī, as, Ved. = panīyas, more wonderful, very wonderful.

panasa panasa, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. pan), the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia; a thorn; a species of serpent; N. of a monkey; (ā or ī), f. a malady, pustular and phlegmonoid inflammation of the skin or external organs; a female monkey; a female demon; (am), n. the bread-fruit, fruit of the Jaka tree.
     panasatālikā panasa-tālikā or (according to some) panasa-nālikā, f. the breadfruit tree.

panasikā panasikā, f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck.

paniṣpada paniṣpada, as, ā, am (fr. Intens. of spand), Ved. quivering, palpitating.

panth panth, cl. 1. and 10. P. panthati, panthayati, &c., to go, move.

panthaka panthaka, as, ā, am, produced in or on the way; (as), m., N. of a Brāhman.

pandara pandara, as, m., N. of a mountain.

panna panna. See p. 531, col. 1.

pannaddhā pan-naddhā. See p. 529, col. 3.

papi papi, is, is, i (fr. rt. 1. pā), drinking, who or what drinks; (is), m. the moon.

papīti papīti, is, f. (fr. Intens. of rt. 1. pā), mutual or reciprocal drinking, drinking alike or together.

papī papī, īs, m. (fr. rt. 3. pā, to cherish), the sun; the moon.

papu papu, us, m. a fosterer, protector; (us), f. a nurse, foster-mother.

papuri papuri, is, is, i (fr. rt. pṝ), Ved. liberal, giving, granting; abundant.

papṛkṣeṇya papṛkṣeṇya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. prach), Ved. to be wished or longed for, desirable.

papri 1. papri, is, is, i (fr. rt. 1. pṛ), leading over, delivering, saving.

papri 2. papri, is, is, i (fr. rt. 2. pṛ), Ved. giving, granting.

paphaka paphaka, as, m., N. of a man.
     paphakanaraka paphaka-naraka, ās, m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka.

pabbeka pabbeka, as, m., N. of the father of Kedāra who composed the Vṛtta-ratnākara.

pamarā pamarā, f. a kind of fragrant substance.

pampasya pampasya (probably fr. an unused pampas, grief), Nom. P. pampasyati, to feel pain.

pampā pampā, f. (said to be fr. rt. 3. pā), N. of a river in the south of India; (according to a Scholiast) N. of a lake.

pamb pamb, cl. 1. P. pambati, &c., to go, move; [cf. rt. kamp, bamb, mamb, namb, khamb, gamb, ghamb, camb, tamb.]

pay pay, cl. 1. A. payate, &c., to go, move.

payas payas, as, n. (fr. rt. 1. pī or rt. pinv; but said to be fr. rt. 1. pā, to drink), juice, fluid, vital spirit, power, strength (Ved.); water, rain; milk; semen virile; N. of a Sāman; N. of a Virāj; night (Ved.).
     payaḥkandā payaḥ-kandā, f. Batatas Paniculata (= kṣīra-vidārī).
     payaḥpayoṣṇī payaḥ-payoṣṇī, f. = pa-yoṣṇī, q. v.
     payaḥpāna payaḥ-pāna, am, n. drinking milk, a draught of milk.
     payaḥpūra payaḥ-pūra, as, m. a pool, lake.
     payaḥphenī payaḥ-phenī, f. a species of small shrub (= dugdha-phenī).
     payaścaya payaś-caya, as, m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake.
     payaspa payas-pa, as, m. 'milk-drinker', a cat; night.
     payaspā payas-pā, ās, ās, am, Ved. milk-drinking, drinking milk.
     payasvat payas-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. full of sap or juice, succulent, juicy, liquid; full of strength or of milk, milky, containing water or milk or semen; (vatyas), f. pl. rivers (Ved.).
     payasvala payas-vala, as, ā, am, rich in milk, yielding milk abundantly; (as), m. a goat.
     payasvin payas-vin, ī, inī, i, abounding in sap or milk, juicy, succulent, milky; (inī), f. a milch cow; a she-goat; a river; N. of a river; the night; N. of various plants containing milky juice (= kākolī, kṣīra-kākolī, dugdha-phenī, kṣīra-vidārī); N. of a deity.
     payogaḍa payo-gaḍa, as, m. 'water-drop (?)', hail; (as or am), m. n. an island.
     payograha payo-graha, as, m., Ved. an oblation of milk.
     payoghana payo-ghana, as, m. 'water-lump', hail.
     payojanman payo-janman, ā, m. 'birthplace of water', a cloud.
     payoda payo-da, as, ā, am, yielding milk; (as), m. 'water-giver', a cloud; N. of a son of Yadu; (ā), f., N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda.
     payodasuhṛd payoda-suhṛd, t, m. 'friend of the clouds', the peacock.
     payoduh payo-duh, dhuk, k, k, Ved. milking; giving semen (?).
     payodhara payo-dhara, as, m. 'water-holder', a cloud; 'containing milk', a woman's breast; an udder; the root of Scirpus Kysoor; a species of sugar-cane (= koṣa-kāra); the cocoa-nut; a species of Cyperus; (in prosody) an amphibrach.
     payodhas payo-dhas, ās, m. a rain-cloud; a piece of water, pond, lake; the ocean.
     payodhā payo-dhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. sucking milk (as a calf).
     payodhārā payo-dhārā, f. a stream of water; N. of a river.
     payodhārāgṛha payodhārā-gṛha, am, n. = dhārā-gṛha, a bath-room with flowing water, shower-bath.
     payodhi pa-yo-dhi, is, m. 'receptacle of waters', the ocean.
     payodhika payodhika, am, n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone.
     payonidhana payo-nidhana, am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     payonidhi payo-nidhi, is, m. 'receptacle of waters', the ocean.
     payomukha payo-mukha, as, ā, am, having milk on the surface, milk-faced.
     payomuc payo-muc, k, k, k, yielding or giving milk; (k), m. 'water-discharging', a cloud.
     payo'mṛtatīrtha payo-'mṛta-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     payorāśi payo-rāśi, is, f. a piece of water, the ocean.
     payolatā payo-latā, f. the plant Batatas Paniculata.
     payovāha pa-yo-vāha, as, m. 'water-bearer', a cloud.
     payovṛdh payo-vṛdh, t, t, t, Ved. full of sap, superbounding with water, overflowing.
     payovrata payo-vrata, am, n. the act of subsisting on mere milk in consequence of a vow, (regarded as an expiation for receiving an unsuitable present, if continued for a month with prayer and residence in a cow-house); offering milk to Viṣṇu and subsisting upon it for twelve days; also for one or for three days as a religious act; (as, ā, am), one who subsists upon mere milk in consequence of a vow.
     payoṣṇijātā payoṣṇi-jātā, f. an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
     payoṣṇī payoṣṇī, f. (fr. payas and uṣṇa), 'warm as milk', N. of a river that rises in the Vindhya mountain.

payasa payasa, as, ā, am, Ved. full of juice or sap; (am), n. water; milk.

payasya 1. payasya, Nom. P. A. payasyati, -te, &c., to flow, be fluid.

payasya 2. payasya, as, ā, am, made of milk (curds, butter, cheese, &c.), milky; watery; (as), m. a cat; N. of one of the sons of Aṅgiras; (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk); a shrub, Asclepias Rosea; N. of various plants (= dugdhikā, kākolī, kṣīri-kākolī, svarṇa-kṣīrī, arka-puṣpikā, and kutumbinī-kṣupa); any plant yielding a milky sap, as the Euphorbia, the Asclepias, &c.

payāya payāya, Nom. A. payāyate, &c., to be fluid.

payora payora, as, m. = khadira, Acacia Catechu.

para para, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. pṛ, or perhaps fr. apa + ra; declined optionally as a pronominal in abl. loc. sing. m. n. and nom. voc. pl. m., when it denotes relative position, e. g. abl. paras-māt and parāt, loc. parasmin and pare, nom. pl. m. pare and parās, Ved. parāsas, see Gram. 238. a), distant, remote, removed; opposite, ulterior, beyond, further, on the other side of (with abl. or rarely with gen., e. g. sarayvāḥ pare tīre, on the opposite or further bank of the Sarayū); past, antecedent, earlier, previous, former (Ved.); long past, ancient; subsequent, succeeding, following, future, next, after (with abl.); added; (at the end of a comp.) having as a following letter or sound (e. g. ta-para, having t as a following letter, followed by t); exceeding, left, remaining; very high or excellent, distinguished, pre-eminent, highest, greatest, longest, most excellent, best, supreme, principal, chief, most complete, utmost (= Lat. summus, e. g. param brahman, the Supreme Spirit); highest, latest (e. g. paraḥ kālaḥ, the highest or latest times; param āyuḥ, the highest or last stage of human life; used at the end of comps. to denote having anything as the highest object, completely devoted to or occupied with or engaged or engrossed in or intent upon, e. g. cintā-para, occupied with reflection; dhyāna-para, engaged in meditation, whose highest object is meditation; sukha-para, extremely glad or happy; śoka-para, filled with grief, whose principal occupation is grief); strange, a stranger, other, another, different, varying, foreign, alien, inimical, hostile, estranged, adverse; exceeding, having a remainder or surplus (e. g. paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred); left over, left as a remainder; concerned or anxious for (with loc.); (as), m. an enemy, foe, adversary; (sc. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha (Ved.); N. of a king of Kośala with the patronymic Āṭṇāra (Ved.); N. of a prince; (sc. prāsāda or vāsa) N. of the palace of Mitra-vindā; (as, am), m. n. the Supreme, Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe, the Absolute; (ā), f., N. of a plant (= bandhyā-karkoṭakī); N. of a river; (am), n. the highest or culminating point, acme, highest degree; final beatitude; the secondary or more remote meaning of a word; (in logic) one species of common property, that which comprehends many objects, genus; existence (regarded as the common property of all things); (am), ind. beyond, over (with abl., e. g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge); after (with abl., e. g. astamayāt pa-ram, after sunset; mattaḥ param, after me; ataḥ param, after this, after that, farther from hence, farther from here, farther on, hereupon, hereafter, next; nāsmāt param, no more of this, enough; tataḥ param, after that, thereupon); thereupon, thereafter (without an abl.); but, however; otherwise; rather; in a high degree, excessively, exceedingly, beyond measure, completely; most willingly; at the most, at the utmost; only; yadi param, if at all, perhaps, at any rate; (eṇa), ind. farther, beyond (with acc., e. g. pareṇāsmān pa-raihi, pass by us); on the other side, thereupon; afterwards; after (with abl. or gen.); (pare), ind. afterwards, in future, farther; thereupon; [cf. pāra, parā; Zend para, 'before;' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. peren-die, per-egre, per-per-a-m; Goth. fairra, 'far;' Angl. Sax. far; Slav. pol-u, 'the opposite border.']
     parakarman para-kar-man, a, n. another's work, service for others.
     parakarmanirata parakarma-nirata, as, m. engaged in service for another, a servant.
     parakalatra para-kalatra, am, n. another's wife.
     parakalatrābhigamana parakalatrābhigamana (-ra-abh-), am,  n. approaching the wife of another, intriguing with another man's wife, adultery.
     parakārya pa-ra-kārya, am, n. another's business, the affair of another.
     parakṛti para-kṛti, is, f. the action or history of another.
     parakrama para-krama, as, m. Krama of the subsequent or second letter of a conjunction of consonants, (see krama.)
     parakrāthin para-krāthin, ī, m., N. of a hero in the Mahā-bhārata who fought on the side of the Kurus.
     parakrānti para-krānti, is, f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic.
     parakṣudrās para-kṣudrās, f. pl. (probably) those verses of the Veda which are the shortest or excessively short.
     parakṣetra para-kṣetra, am, n. another's field; another man's wife; another's body.
     paragata para-gata, as, ā, am, being with another, present with another, relating to another.
     paragāmin para-gāmin, ī, inī, i, belonging or relating to another, beneficial to another.
     paraguṇa para-guṇa, as, ā, am, advantageous or beneficial to another or to an enemy.
     paragṛhavāsa para-gṛha-vāsa, as, m. dwelling in the house of another.
     paragranthi para-granthi, is, m. 'the extreme point of a limb', an articulation, a joint.
     paraglāni para-glāni, is, f. reduction or subjugation of an enemy.
     paracakra para-cakra, am, n. the army of an enemy; a hostile prince.
     paracittajñāna para-citta-jñāna, am, n. knowing the thoughts of another.
     paracchanda para-cchanda, as, m. the will of another; dependance; (as, ā, am), depending upon or subject to the will of another, dependant, subjected, subservient.
     paracchandavat pa-racchanda-vat, ān, atī, at, dependant on the will of another, subjected, subservient.
     paracchidra para-cchidra, am, n. a fault or flaw or defect in another.
     paraja para-ja, as, ā, am, 'born of another', strange, a stranger, (see para-jāta.)
     parajana para-jana, as, m. another person, a stranger, (opposed to sva-jana.)
     parajanman para-janman, a, n. a future birth.
     parajanmika parajanmika, as, ā, am, relating to a future birth or life.
     parajāta para-jāta, as, ā, am, born of another, nourished or maintained by a stranger, dependant on others for sustenance, adopted, fostered by strangers; dependant, servile, subjected; (as), m. a servant.
     parajita para-jita, as, ā, am, conquered or subdued by another; nourished by a stranger, (for para-jāta, q. v.)
     parañja pa-rañ-ja, as, m. an oil-press; froth, foam; the blade of a sword or knife, (in these three senses also read parāñja, q. v.); a sword or scymitar; (ā), f. the sound of instruments at a festival; (am), n. Indra's sword.
     parañjana parañ-jana, as, m. an epithet of Varuṇa, 'regent of the waters.'
     parañjaya parañ-jaya, as, ā, am, foeconquering; (as), m. an epithet of Varuṇa.
     parataḥpoṣa para-taḥ-poṣa, as, ā, am, receiving food from another, nourished by another.
     parataṅgaṇa para-taṅgaṇa, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     paratantra para-tantra, am, n. a rule, ritual or formula for another rite; (as, ā, am), dependant upon another, dependant, subject to another, subservient, obedient.
     paratama para-tama, as, ā, am, highest, greatest, most excellent; farthest, &c.
     paratara pa-ra-tara, as, ā, am, greater, higher, more; farther, &c.
     paratas para-tas, ind. through or from another, (often taking the place of the abl. of para, e. g. parato 'pi paraścāsi, and thou art greater than the greatest or higher than the highest; svakāt parato vā gṛhāt, from his own house or that of another); farther, afterwards, behind, (often used in native grammars after locatives with the omission of the substantive verb, e. g. śasādau parataḥ [sati], when the termination beginning with śas follows); after, over, beyond (with abl.); otherwise, differently.
     paratā para-tā, f. comprehensiveness, absoluteness; highest degree.
     paratāpana para-tāpana, as, m. 'paining enemies', N. of a Marut.
     paratīrthika para-tīrthika, as, m., N. of a Brāhman.
     paratra para-tra, ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state, in another world, in the other or next world; hereafter, in futurity; farther on, in the sequel (of a book).
     paratrabhīru paratra-bhīru, us, m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man.
     paratva para-tva, am, n. the being distant or remote; the state of being consequent, consequence, the following (as of another letter in grammar), posteriority; separateness, difference, distinction; hostility; the being more excellent; (in logic) the nature of common or generic property; priority of place or time, proximity.
     paradāra para-dāra, ās, m. pl. another's wife.
     paradāragamana para-dāra-gamana or paradārābhigamana (-ra-abh-), am, n. approaching the wife of another, adultery, adulterous intercourse or intrigue.
     paradārābhimarṣa paradārābhi-marṣa (-ra-abh-), as, m. contact with the wife of another, intriguing with another's wife.
     paradārin para-dārin, ī, m. committing adultery with another man's wife, an adulterer.
     paradāropasevana paradāropasevana, am, n. or paradāropasevā (-ra-up-), f. intriguing with another's wife.
     paraduḥkha para-duḥkha, am, n. the pain or sorrow of another.
     paradevatā para-devatā, f. the supreme or highest deity.
     paradeśa para-deśa, as, m. a foreign country, the country of an enemy, (opposed to sva-deśa.)
     paradeśasevin paradeśa-sevin, ī, inī, i, frequenting foreign countries, living abroad, travelling, a traveller.
     paradeśin paradeśin, ī, inī, i, foreign, exotic; (ī), m. a foreigner; one residing abroad.
     paradoṣakīrtana para-doṣa-kīrtana, am, n. the proclaiming of others' faults, scandal, calumny, censoriousness.
     paradravya para-dravya, am, n. another's property, the goods of another.
     paradravyāpahāraka paradravyāpahāraka (-ya-ap-), as, m. one who carries off the property of another, a thief, robber.
     paradrohakarmadhī para-droha-karma-dhī, īs, īs, i, injuring another in deed or thought.
     paradrohin para-drohin, ī, iṇī, i, tyrannizing over another or over others; tyrannical.
     paradveṣin para-dveṣin, ī, iṇī, i, hating others, hostile to another, inimical, adverse.
     paradhana para-dhana, am, n. another's wealth.
     paradhanāsvādanasukha paradhanāsvādana-sukha (-na-ās-), am, n. feeding luxuriously at another's expense.
     paradharma para-dharma, as, m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste.
     paradhyāna para-dhyāna, am, n. intent meditation, absorption or abstraction in contemplation.
     paranindā para-nindā, f. reviling others.
     paranipāta para-nipāta, as, m. (in gram.) the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; [cf. pūrva-nipāta.]
     paranirmitavaśavartin para-nirmita-vaśa-vartin, ī, m. 'obedient to the will of those who are transformed by others', an epithet of a class of Buddhist deities.
     parantapa paran-tapa, as, ā, am, paining enemies, vexing or annoying others, subduing a foe, (said of heroes); (as), m. a conqueror; N. of one of the sons of Manu Tāmasa; of a prince of Magadha.
     parapakṣa para-pakṣa, as, m. the side or party of an enemy or adversary, &c.; (as), m., N. of a son of Anu.
     parapatnī para-patnī, f. the wife of another or of a stranger.
     parapada para-pada, am, n. high station, eminence; final emancipation.
     paraparigraha para-parigraha, as, m. 'another's retinue', the family or dependants of another.
     parapāka para-pāka, as, m. anything cooked by another, another's food, the meal of a stranger.
     parapākanivṛtta parapāka-nivṛtta, as, m. one who cooks his own food without observing the expiatory sacrifice for the five Sūnās or places of destruction of animal life.
     parapākarata parapāka-rata, as, m. 'constant at another's meals', one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies before cooking.
     parapākaruci parapāka-ruci, is, m. a constant guest at others' tables.
     parapiṇḍa para-piṇḍa, am, n. another's cake, food given by another.
     parapiṇḍāda parapiṇḍāda (-ḍa-āda), as, ā, am, 'taking another's food', feeding at another's cost or upon another's food; (as), m. a servant.
     parapurañjaya para-purañ-jaya, as, ā, am, 'conquering an enemy's city or cities', an epithet of heroes.
     parapuruṣa para-puruṣa, as, m. 'the Supreme Spirit', an epithet of Viṣṇu; another man, a stranger, the husband of another woman.
     parapuṣṭa para-puṣṭa, as, ā, am, fostered or nourished by a stranger; (as), m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo; (ā), f. a female cuckoo; a harlot, a whore; a parasitical plant; N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi.
     parapuṣṭamahotsava parapuṣṭa-mahotsava, as, m. 'great feast or joy of the cuckoo', the mango tree.
     parapūrvā para-pūrvā, f. a woman who has had a former husband.
     parapūrvāpati parapūrvā-pati, is, m. the husband of a woman who has had a previous husband.
     parapauravatantava para-pauravatantava, as, m., N. of a son of Viśvāmitra.
     paraprayojana para-prayojana, as, ā, am, for the use of others.
     parapreṣyatva para-preṣya-tva, am, n. service of another, servitude, slavery.
     parabrahman para-brahman, a, n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahma; N. of an Upaniṣad.
     parabhāga para-bhāga, as, m. superior merit; good fortune, prosperity; excellence, supremacy; the last part, residue, remainder.
     parabhāgatā parabhāga-tā, f. superior excellence, supremacy.
     parabhāgya para-bhāgya, am, n. another's wealth or prosperity.
     parabhāgyopajīvin parabhāgyopajīvin (-ya-up-), ī, inī, i, living upon another's fortune.
     parabhāṣā para-bhāṣā, f. a foreign language.
     parabhukta para-bhukta, as, ā, am, possessed or enjoyed by another.
     parabhūta para-bhūta, as, ā, am, following or subsequent, (said of words.)
     parabhūmi para-bhūmi, is, f. a foreign or hostile country.
     parabhūmiṣṭha parabhūmi-ṣṭha, as, ā, am, living or being in a foreign or hostile country.
     parabhūṣaṇa para-bhūṣaṇa, am, n. another's ornament; (as), m. scil. sandhi, peace purchased by ceding the entire produce of a country; (also a wrong reading for pari-bhūṣaṇa.)
     parabhṛt para-bhṛt, t, t, t, nourishing another; (t), m. a crow, (said to nourish the Indian cuckoo.)
     parabhṛta para-bhṛta, as, ā, am, cherished or nourished by a stranger, fostered, adopted; (as), m. the Indian cuckoo, (supposed to leave its eggs in the nest of the crow to be hatched.)
     parabhṛtya para-bhṛtya, as, ā, am, to be nourished or supported by another.
     parabhedaka para-bhedaka, as, ā, am, 'foe-breaker', destroying or subduing a foe.
     paramaṇi para-maṇi, is, m., N. of a prince.
     paramata para-mata, am, n. another's opinion, different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy, heresy.
     paramatakālānala paramata-kālānala (-la-an-), as, m., N. of a pupil of Śaṅkara.
     paramadbhuta param-adbhuta, as, ā, am, very wonderful.
     paramanyu para-manyu, us, m., N. of a son of Kaksheya; (also read para-manthu.)
     paramarmajña para-marma-jña, as, ā, am, knowing the secret plans or intentions of another, knowing another's character or disposition, able to dive into the recesses of another's heart.
     paramātra para-mātra, (with Buddhists) a particular high number; (also read para-mantra.)
     paramṛtyu para-mṛtyu, us, m. a crow, (probably a corrupt word; cf. para-bhṛt.)
     parampada param-pada, am, n. final or eternal felicity; a high station; the abode of Viṣṇu.
     parampara param-para, as, ā, am, one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son &c.); successive, repeated; (am), ind. one after the other, successively, in continuous succession; (as), m. a great greatgrandson, a great-grandson or one of his descendants; a species of deer; (ā), f. an uninterrupted series, a row, regular series, succession, continuous arrangement, order, method; race, progeny, lineage; mediate or indirect condition; injury, killing, hurting.
     paramparatas parampara-tas, ind. successively, in continuous succession, mutually.
     paramparāka param-parāka, am, n. immolating an animal at a sacrifice.
     paramparāprāpta pa-ramparā-prāpta, as, ā, am, received by tradition.
     paramparīṇa param-parīṇa, as, ā, am, hereditary, obtained by inheritance or descent; traditional.
     pararamaṇa para-ra-maṇa, as, m. 'a strange lover', a married woman's gallant, a paramour.
     pararūpa para-rūpa, am, n. the following sound, the sound which comes last or in the second place.
     paraloka para-loka, as, m. the next world, the other world, paradise.
     paralokagama paraloka-gama, as, m. or paraloka-yāna, am, n. going to the other world, death, dying.
     paralokabādha paraloka-bādha, ā, f. loss of paradise.
     paralokārthin para-lokārthin (-ka-ar-), ī, inī, i, seeking a future state, a candidate for immortality. --1. para-vat, ān, atī, at, dependant upon another, being under the command of another, ready or willing to obey or serve (with inst. or loc., e. g. bhrātrā or bhrātari paravān, one who obeys his brother); subject to another; deprived of strength; devoted to.
     paravat 2. para-vat, ind. like a stranger.
     paravattā paravat-tā, f. submissiveness, obedience.
     paravaśa pa-ra-vaśa, as, ā, am, subject to another, depending on the will of another, dependant, subservient, subject; deceived.
     paravaśya para-vaśya, as, ā, am, subject to the will of another, dependant, subservient, subject.
     paravaśyatā paravaśya-tā, f. dependance on another.
     paravācya pa-ra-vācya, as, ā, am, blamable by others; (am), n. fault, defect.
     paravācyatā paravācya-tā, f. condition of being an object of censure to another.
     paravāṇi para-vāṇi, is, m. a judge, ruler; a year; N. of the peacock on which the god Kārttikeya rides.
     paravāda para-vāda, as, m. 'other's talk', the statement or speech of others, popular rumour or report, slander; an adverse reason, objection, refutation, controversy.
     paravādin para-vādin, ī, m. one who makes an adverse statement or raises an objection, a controversialist.
     paravīrahan para-vīra-han, ā, ghnī, a, killing hostile heroes, the slayer of the warriors or champions of the enemy, an epithet of brave warriors.
     paraveśman para-veśman, a, n. the dwelling of the Supreme.
     paravyūhavināśana para-vyūha-vināśana, as, m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks.
     paravrata para-vrata, as, m. an epithet of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra.
     paraśāsana para-śāsana, am, n. the order of another.
     paraśuci para-śuci, is, m., N. of a son of Manu Auttama.
     paraśvas para-śvas, ind. the day after to-morrow; (incorrectly for paraḥ-śvas; see paras.)
     parasaṅgata para-saṅgata, as, ā, am, associated with another or with others; fighting or engaged with another.
     parasañcāraka para-sañcāraka, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     parasañjñaka para-sañjñaka, as, m. 'called supreme', the soul.
     parasambandha para-sambandha, as, m. relation or connection with another.
     parasambandhin para-sambandhin, ī, inī, i, related to another; belonging to another.
     parasavarṇa para-savarṇa or para-sasthāna, as, ā, am, homogeneous with a following letter.
     parasāt para-sāt, ind. into the hands of another.
     parasātkṛtā parasāt-kṛtā, f. a woman just given away in marriage.
     parasevā para-sevā, f. service of another.
     parastrī para-strī, f. the wife of another, an unmarried woman depending upon another (as upon her father &c.).
     parasthāna para-sthāna, am, n. another or a strange place.
     paraspara paras-para (sing. only, but without nom. sing.), one another, each other, (often at the beginning of a comp., e. g. paraspara-sthitau, m. du. standing opposite to one another); mutual, mutually interchanged or interchangeable; (in Mahā-bh. Śānti-p. 2420. the nom. pl. parasparās, like one another, occurs); (am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with one another, from each other, against one another, to one after another, one after the other, mutually, reciprocally; (tas), ind. one another, one after another, mutually, reciprocally.
     parasparajña paraspara-jña, as, m. knowing one another, a friend, an intimate.
     parasparasukhaiṣin paraspara-sukhaiṣin (-kha-eṣ-), ī, iṇī, i, seeking one another's happiness.
     parasparahata paraspara-hata, as, ā, am, killed by one another.
     parasparānumati parasparānumati (-ra-an-), is, f. mutual concurrence or assent.
     parasparām parasparām, ind. one another, one after another, mutually.
     parasparopakāra paras-paropakāra (-ra-up-), as, m. mutual assistance or benefit, offensive and defensive alliance.
     parasparopakārin paras-paropakārin, ī, m. 'mutually assisting', an ally; an associate, a helper.
     parasmaipada parasmai-pada, am, n. 'word to another' or 'word for another', the form of a word which relates to another, (a term applied to the terminations of the active verb); the active or transitive verb; [cf. ātmane-pada.]
     parasmaipadin paras-maipadin, ī, inī, i, taking the active terminations.
     parasmaibhāṣā parasmai-bhāṣā, f. = parasmai-pada, q. v.
     parasva para-sva, am, n. another's property.
     parasvatva parasva-tva, am, n. another's right.
     parasvatvāpādana parasvatvāpādana (-va-āp-), am, n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c.
     parasvaharaṇa parasva-haraṇa, am, n. seizing another's property.
     parasvādāyin parasvādāyin (-va-ād-), ī, inī, i, taking or seizing another's property, extortionary, an extortioner.
     parasvopajīvika parasvopajīvika (-va-up-), as, ā, am, or parasvopajīvin, ī, inī, i, living upon the property of others, dependant.
     parahaṃsa para-haṃsa, as, m. = parama-haṃsa, q. v.
     parahan para-han, ā, ghnī, a, killing enemies; (ā), m., N. of a prince.
     parahita para-hita, as, ā, am, friendly to others, benevolent; good or profitable for another; (am), n. the welfare of another.
     parahitarakṣita parahita-rakṣita, as, m., N. of a commentator on the Pañca-krama.
     parāgama parāgama (-ra-āg-), as, m. the arrival or attack of an enemy.
     parāṅga parāṅga (-ra-aṅ-), am, n. the hinder or back part of the body.
     parāṅgada parāṅ-gada, as, m. (fr. para-aṅga-da, giving form to another, Śiva forming with Durgā a deity, half male and half female, or according to others restoring the body of an enemy, i. e. Kāma-deva, to shape, after having reduced it to ashes in a rage), a N. of Śiva.
     parācita parācita (-ra-āc-), as, ā, am, cherished or fostered by another or by a stranger; (as), m. a slave, servant.
     parātpara parāt-para, as, ā, am, superior to the best.
     parātman parātman (-ra-āt-), ā, m. the Supreme Spirit; (ā, ā, a), one who has directed his mind towards the Supreme; (perhaps) one who considers himself the Supreme.
     parātmabhūta parātma-bhūta, as, ā, am, fixed on the supreme good.
     parādhikāra parādhikāra (-ra-adh-), as, m. another's office or post.
     parādhikāracarcā parā-dhikāra-carcā, f. interference with another's concerns, officiousness.
     parādhīna parādhīna (-ra-ādh-), as, ā, am, depending on another, dependant, subject, subservient.
     parādhīnatā parādhīna-tā, f. or parādhīna-tva, am, n. dependance upon another, subjection.
     parānta pa-rānta (-ra-an-), as, m. the most extreme or remote end, final death; (ās), m. pl. 'living at the greatest distance', N. of a people.
     parānna parānna (-ra-an-), am, n. the food of another, food supplied by or belonging to another; (as, ā, am), eating the food of another, living at another's expense, sponging; a servant.
     parānnaparipuṣṭa parānna-paripuṣṭa, as, ā, am, nourished by the food of another.
     parānnaparipuṣṭatā parānnapari-puṣṭa-tā, f. living on the food of another.
     parānnabhojin pa-rānna-bhojin, ī, inī, i, eating the food of another, living at another's cost.
     parāpara parāpara (-ra-ap-), as, ā, am, the more distant and near, far and near, remote and proximate, prior and posterior, before and behind, earlier and later (as cause and effect), higher and lower, best and worst; (as), m. a Guru of an intermediate class, a term applied in the Tantras to the goddess Durgā; (am), n. (in logic) community of property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, species (as being between genus and individual); a species of plant (= parūṣaka).
     parāparaguru parāpara-guru, us, m. a particular Guru; [cf. the preceding.]
     parāparatā parāpara-tā, f. or parāpara-tva, am, n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state; priority and posteriority; the state of the better and the worse; the state of comprising and not comprising; the condition of being both a genus and a species.
     parāparaitṛ parāparaitṛ (-ra-et-), tā, trī, tṛ, Ved. going after another, going in a line (to the next world). --1. parāmṛta (-ra-am-), am, n. rain; (for 2. see s.v. at p. 537, col. 2.)
     parāyatta parāyatta (-ra-āy-), as, ā, am, dependant upon another, subject to another, subservient.
     parāyus parāyus (-ra-āy-), us, us, us, one who has reached the highest age or 100 years; (us), m. an epithet of Brahmā.
     parārtha parārtha (-ra-ar-), as, m. the highest advantage or interest; the chief meaning or importance; the highest object (euphemistic expression for sexual intercourse); the profit or interest of another; (am or e), ind. for the sake of another, for the good of another; (as, ā, am), having another object or meaning; designed for another, done for another.
     parārthaniṣṭha parārtha-niṣṭha, as, ā, am, fixed on the supreme good.
     parārthavādin parārtha-vādin, ī, inī, i, talking of the affairs of others, officious, intermeddling.
     parārdha parārdha (-ra-ar-), as, m. the more remote or opposite or other side or half, the ulterior part, the other part; (as, am), m. n. the highest number, the number 100,000,000,000,000,000 or a hundred thousand billions; (according to others) a lac of lac of krores or a number equal to half the term of Brahmā's life or as many mortal days as are equal to fifty of his years; (as, ā, am), the most excellent, (in this sense incorrectly for parārdhya.)
     parārdhya parārdhya, as, ā, am, being on the more remote or opposite or other side, being on the farther side or half, being on the following side or half; most remote, the most distant in number, of the highest possible number or value, highest in rank or quality, most highly esteemed, most costly, most excellent, most beautiful, finest, best; more excellent than (with abl.); (am), n. a maximum; an immense or infinite number; (at the end of a comp.) amounting to an infinite number, amounting at the most to.
     parārbuda parārbuda (-ra-ar-), as, m. a species of fire-fly.
     parāvajñā parāvajñā (-ra-av-), f. insulting another, indignity offered to another.
     parāvara parāvara (-ra-av-), as, ā, am, far and near, distant and near, remote and proximate, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, higher and lower, highest and lowest; handed down from earlier to later times, traditional, each successive or every succeeding (one); all-inclusive, all-including; (ās), m. pl. ancestors and descendants; (am), n. the remote and near, the far and near, the earlier and later, cause and effect, motive and consequence; the whole extent of an idea; totality; the universe.
     parāvaratva parāvara-tva, am, n. state of being higher and lower or superior and inferior.
     parāvaradṛś parāvara-dṛś, k, k, k, knowing both the past and the future.
     parāvasathaśāyin parāvasatha-śāyin (-ra-av-), ī, inī, i, sleeping in another's house.
     parāviddha parāviddha (-ra-āv-), as, m. 'pierced or wounded by another', 'frightened by another' (?), an epithet of Viṣṇu; of Kuvera; (perhaps rather parā-viddha fr. parā-vyadh.)
     parāśraya parāśraya (-ra-āś-), as, m. dependance upon another; the retreat of enemies; (as, ā, am), dependant or relying upon another; (ā), f. a parasitical plant.
     parāśrita parāśrita (-ra-āś-), as, ā, am, dependant, subject.
     parāsaṅga parā-saṅga (-ra-ās-), as, m. dependance on another or on something else, dependance.
     parāskandin parāskandin (-ra-ās-), ī, m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber.
     parāha parāha (-ra-aha), as, m. the next day.
     parāhata pa-rāhata (-ra-āh-), as, ā, am, struck by another, assailed, attacked.
     parāhṇa parāhṇa (-ra-ah-), as, m. the afternoon, the latter part of the day; (the word is also spelt parāhna.)
     paretara paretara (-ra-it-), as, ā, am, other than hostile, faithful, friendly.
     paredyavi pare-dyavi or pare-dyus, ind. on the next day, to-morrow.
     pareprāṇa pare-prāṇa, as, ā, am, of higher value than life, more precious than life.
     pareśa pareśa (-ra-īśa), as, m. 'the supreme or highest lord', an epithet of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu.
     pareṣṭi pareṣṭi (-ra-iṣ-), is, m. 'having the highest worship (?)', an epithet of Brahmā.
     paraidhita paraidhita (-ra-edh-), as, ā, am, nourished by a stranger, maintained by others; (as), m. a servant; the Koil or Indian cuckoo.
     paroḍhā paroḍhā (-ra-ūḍhā), f. the wife of another.
     parotkarṣa parotkarṣa (-ra-ut-), as, m. another's superiority.
     parodita parodita (-ra-ud-), as, ā, am, uttered by an enemy, &c.; (am), n. clamour, menace.
     paropakāra paropakāra (-ra-up-), as, m. the assisting others, doing good to another, beneficence, benevolence, charity.
     paropakārin paropakārin (-ra-up-), ī, iṇī, i, assisting others, supporting others, beneficent, charitable, kind to others.
     paropakāraikarasa paropakāraikarasa (-ra-ek-), as, ā, am, wholly devoted to the service of another; (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband.
     paropakṛta paropa-kṛta (-ra-up-), as, ā, am, helped or befriended by another; brought by another.
     paropajāpa paropajāpa (-ra-up-), as, m. the dissension of enemies, causing dissension among enemies.
     paropadeśa paropadeśa (-ra-up-), as, m. giving advice to others, counselling others, admonishing or instructing another, the instruction of others.
     paroparuddha paroparuddha (-ra-up-), as, ā, am, besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested.

paraka paraka, as, ā, am, = para, at the end of an adj. comp. (e. g. iti-śabda-paraka, followed by the word iti).

parakīya parakīya, as, ā, am, belonging to another or to a stranger, another, strange, hostile; (ā), f. the mistress or wife of another, i. e. one of the three objects of love, according to the Śriṅgāra or amatory doctrine.

parama parama, as, ā, am (superlative of para), most distant, last; highest, first, most excellent or distinguished, best, greatest, chief, primary, principal, superior; exceeding; extreme; worst; more excellent (with abl. śivāt paramaḥ,  more excellent than Śiva); adequate, sufficient; (am), n. the utmost or highest; the chief part, the most prominent part; (at the end of an adj. comp.) amounting at the highest to, consisting chiefly or principally of, occupied only with; (am), ind. (a particle of assent, affirmation, or agreement) yes, very well, well; (in a comp. before an adj. or part.) excessively, extremely, very, much, in the highest degree, to a great degree, excellently; [cf. Lith. pirma, 'the first;' probably Lat. prīmu-s, but cf. pra; Goth. fruma, 'first.']
     paramakrānti parama-krānti, is, f. = para-krānti.
     paramakrāntijyā paramakrānti-jyā, f. the sine of the greatest declination.
     paramakrodhin parama-krodhin, ī, inī, i, extremely angry; (ī), m., N. of one of the Viśve-devas.
     paramagati parama-gati, is, f. any chief object or refuge (as a god, a protector); final beatitude.
     paramagava parama-gava, as, m. an excellent bull or cow.
     paramagahana parama-gahana, as, ā, am, very mysterious or profound.
     paramacetas parama-cetas, as, n. the entire heart, all the heart.
     paramajā parama-jā, f., Ved. (according to the Scholiast) = pra-kṛti, (probably for parāvataḥ?).
     paramajyā parama-jyā, ās, ās, am, Ved. 'holding supreme power', an epithet of Indra.
     paramatas parama-tas, ind. in the highest degree, excessively; still worse.
     paramatā pa-rama-tā, f. the highest position or rank; highest end or aim.
     paramadāruṇa parama-dāruṇa, as, ā, am, very dreadful.
     paramaduḥkhita parama-duḥkhita, as, ā, am, deeply afflicted.
     paramadurmedhas parama-durmedhas, ās, ās, as, exceedingly stupid.
     paramadru parama-dru, us, m. Amyris Agallocha.
     paramananda parama-nanda, as, m., N. of a teacher; (perhaps a wrong reading for paramānanda.)
     paramapada parama-pada, am, n. the highest rank, high station, excellence; final beatitude.
     paramaparama parama-pa-rama, as, ā, am, highest or most excellent of all.
     paramapuruṣa parama-puruṣa, as, m. the Supreme Spirit.
     paramapuruṣaprārthanāmañjarī paramapuruṣa-prārthanā-mañjarī, f., N. of a collection of prayers addressed to Viṣṇu and other deities.
     paramabrahmacāriṇī parama-brahma-cāriṇī, f. an epithet of Durgā.
     paramabrahman parama-brahman, a, n. the Supreme Spirit.
     paramabhāsvara parama-bhāsvara, as, ā, am, excessively radiant.
     paramamanyumat parama-manyu-mat, ān, atī, at, deeply distressed.
     paramamahat parama-mahat, ān, atī, at, infinitely great.
     paramarasa parama-rasa, as, m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water.
     paramarāja parama-rāja, as, m. a supreme monarch.
     paramarṣi paramarṣi (-ma-ṛ-), is, m. 'greatest sage', a Ṛṣi or divine sage of a peculiar order or division.
     paramavismita parama-vismita, as, ā, am, greatly surprized or amazed.
     paramaśobhana parama-śobhana, as, ā, am, exceedingly brilliant or beautiful.
     paramasaṃhṛṣṭa parama-saṃhṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, exceedingly rejoiced.
     paramasvadharman parama-svadharman, ā, ā, a, most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe).
     paramahaṃsa parama-haṃsa, as, m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation.
     paramahaṃsapriyā paramahaṃsa-priyā, f., N. of a work ascribed to Vopa-deva.
     paramahaṃsopaniṣad paramahaṃsopaniṣad, t, f., N. of an Upaniṣad.
     paramākhya paramākhya (-ma-ākh-), as, ā, am, called supreme, considered as the highest.
     paramāṅganā paramāṅganā (-ma-aṅ-), f. an excellent woman, a beautiful woman.
     paramāṇu paramāṇu (-ma-aṇ-), us, m. an infinitesimal particle, an atom, the invisible base of all aggregate bodies, (of which thirty are said to form a mote in a sun-beam); the sun's passage past an atom of matter, an infinitesimal division of time; (u), n. the eighth part of a Mātrā.
     paramāṇutā paramāṇu-tā, f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom.
     paramāṇvaṅgaka paramāṇv-aṅgaka, as, m. 'subtle-bodied', an epithet of Viṣṇu (as being smaller than the smallest as well as greater than the greatest).
     paramātmaka paramātmaka (-ma-āt-), as, ikā, am, of the highest nature, the highest, greatest (= summus).
     paramātman paramātman (-ma-āt-), ā, m. the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe.
     paramādvaita paramādvaita (-ma-ad-), as, m. 'the highest without a duplicate', 'peerless', an epithet of Viṣṇu; (am), n. pure unitarianism.
     paramānanda paramā-nanda (-ma-ān-), as, m. supreme felicity, the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe; N. of the reputed author of the Caitanya-candrodaya, (also called Kari-karṇa-pūra or Purī-dāsa.)
     paramānna paramānna  (-ma-an-), am, n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or to the Manes).
     paramāpakrama pa-ramāpakrama (-ma-ap-), as, m. = para-krānti.
     paramāpad paramāpad (-ma-āp-), t, f. the greatest misfortune.
     paramāpama paramāpama (-ma-ap-), as, m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic; the sine of the sun's greatest declination.
     paramāyuṣa paramāyuṣa (-ma-āy-), as, m. the plant Terminalia Tomentosa.
     paramāyus paramāyus (-ma-āy-), us, us, us, reaching or attaining to a very advanced age (Ved.); the longest period of life either in men or animals.
     paramārtha paramārtha (-ma-ar-), as, m. the highest or most sublime truth, the whole truth, real truth, reality, truth; spiritual knowledge; any excellent or important aim or object; the best sense; the best kind of wealth; (āt or ena), ind. in reality.
     paramārthatas paramārtha-tas, ind. in reality, in the true sense of the word.
     paramārthatā paramārtha-tā, f. the highest truth, reality.
     paramārthadharmavijaya paramārtha-dharma-vijaya, as, m., N. of a Buddhist work.
     paramārthanirvṛtisatyanirdeśa paramārtha-nir-vṛti-satya-nirdeśa, as, m., N. of a Buddhist work.
     paramārthaprapā paramārtha-prapā, f., N. of a commentary by Sūrya-paṇḍita on the Bhagavad-gītā.
     paramārthamatsya pa-ramārtha-matsya, as, m. a real fish, really a fish.
     paramārthavid paramārtha-vid, t, f. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher.
     paramārthavinda paramārtha-vinda, as, ā, am, acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth, &c.
     paramārthasatya paramārtha-satya, am, n. the real truth, the entire or whole truth.
     paramārthasāra paramārtha-sāra, as, m., N. of a book.
     paramārthasupta pa-ramārtha-supta, as, ā, am, really asleep.
     paramārhata para-mārhata (-ma-ār-), as, m. 'the most excellent follower of Jina', an epithet of Kumāra-pāla.
     paramāvaṭika pa-ramāvaṭika (-ma-āv-), ās, m. pl., N. of a school.
     paramāvadhi paramāvadhi (-ma-av-), is, m. utmost term or limit.
     paramāha paramāha (-ma-aha), as, m. an excellent day.
     paramekṣu paramekṣu (-ma-ikṣu), us, m., N. of a son of Anu.
     parameśa parameśa (-ma-īśa), as, m. 'supreme lord', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     parameśvara parameśvara (-ma-īś-), as, m. 'supreme lord', (said of rich or illustrious men and of princes and of gods); an epithet of Viṣṇu; of Indra; of a Jina; (most frequently) of Śiva; the Supreme Being; (ī), f. an epithet of Durgā; (am), n., scil. liṅga, N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva.
     parameśvaratantra parameśvara-tantra, am, n., N. of a work.
     parameṣu parameṣu (-ma-iṣu?), us, m., N. of a son of Anu.
     parameṣṭha parame-ṣṭha, as, ā, am, standing at the top, supreme, superior; (as), m. an epithet of Brahmā; a deity.
     parameṣṭhi parame-ṣṭhi, is, m. (connected with parame-ṣṭhin), 'standing at the head', a superior, a chief god of the Jainas.
     parameṣṭhitā parameṣṭhi-tā, f. supremacy, superiority.
     parameṣṭhin parame-ṣṭhin, ī, inī, i, standing at the head or top, highest, chief, principal; (ī), m. an epithet of Agni or of any supreme deity; a N. of Prajā-pati; of a son of Prajā-pati; of Brahmā; of Śiva; of Viṣṇu; of Garuḍa; of Manu Cakshus; (with Jainas) an Arhat or superior deity; a Guru or spiritual teacher; N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha; of a son of Indra-dyumna (or of Deva-dyumna); a kind of Virāj; a kind of Śālagrāma stone; (inau), m. du. an epithet of Viṣṇu and Śrī; (inī), f. a species of culinary plant (= brāhmī; cf. pārameṣṭhya.)
     parameṣṭhina parameṣṭhina, as, ā, am, Ved. = parame-ṣṭhin.
     paramaiśvarya paramaiś-varya (-ma-aiś-), am, n. supremacy.

paramaka paramaka, as, ikā, am, the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme.

paramika paramika, as, ā, am, = parama, col. 1.

paras paras, ind., Ved. beyond, further, (opposed to arvāk), on the other or opposite side, further on, far away, away, at a distance; in future, hereafter, afterwards, after; (with acc.) on the other side, beyond, over against, more than; (with inst.) beyond, away from, higher or more than; (with inst.) without; (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of; without, exclusive of, with the exception of, except.
     parauru para-uru, us, vī, u, Ved. broad on the outside, broad above or at the top.
     paraṛkśatagātha para-ṛk-śata-gātha, as, ā, am, Ved. containing in addition 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās.
     paraḥkṛṣṇa paraḥ-kṛṣṇa, as, ā, am, more than black or dark, extremely dark.
     paraḥpuṃsā paraḥ-puṃsā, f., Ved. a woman who is not satisfied with her husband.
     paraḥpuruṣa paraḥ-puruṣa, as, ā, am, higher than a man.
     paraḥśata paraḥ-śata, as, ā, am, more than 100; containing more than 100 verses, &c.
     paraḥśvas paraḥ-śvas, ind. the day after tomorrow.
     paraḥṣaṣṭa paraḥ-ṣaṣṭa, as, ā, am, Ved. more than 60.
     paraḥsahasra paraḥ-sahasra, as, ā, am, more than 1000.
     paraḥsāman paraḥ-sāman, ā, ā, a, Ved. 'having superfluous or surplus Sāmans', N. of certain sacrificial days.
     paraścatvāriṃśa paraś-catvāriṃśa, as, ā, am, Ved. more than 40.
     parastaram paras-taram or paras-tarām, ind., Ved. further away, further.
     parastāt paras-tāt, ind. (with gen.) on the other side, beyond, further on, towards, (opposed to avas-tāt, arvāk); higher than; from afar off, from above, from before or behind (Ved.); aside, apart; under (Ved.); hereafter, afterwards, later, (opposed to pūrvam.)
     paraspa paras-pa, as, ā, am, Ved. protecting; (am), n. protection.
     paraspatva pa-raspa-tva, am, n. protection.
     paraspā paras-pā, ās, m. a protector, protecting.
     paro'ṃhu paro'ṃhu (-as-aṃ-), us, vī, u, Ved. narrow on the outside or at the top.
     paro'kṣa pa-ro'kṣa, see s.v.

parāri parāri, ind. the year before last.

parāritna parāritna, as, ā or ī (?), am, belonging to the year before last.

paraṇa paraṇa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. pṛ), Ved. crossing [cf. aritra-paraṇa]; (am), n. reading, (a wrong form for pāraṇa); N. of a town.

paratarkuka paratarkuka or paratarkaka, as, m., Ved. a beggar; [cf. tarkuka.]

paramāra paramāra, as, m., N. of a son of the Ṛṣi Śaunaka (ancestor of Bhoja-deva).

pararu pararu, us, m. a species of pot-herb, Eclipta Prostrata; (another reading has pavaru.)

paraśa paraśa, am, n. a species of gem.

paraśu para-śu, us, m. (fr. rt. śo and para, but said to be fr. rt. śṝ and para, hurting another), a hatchet, the axe of a wood-cutter, a battle-axe; a thunderbolt; N. of a prince; [cf. parśu; Gr. [greek] [greek]]
     paraśudhara paraśu-dhara, as, m. a soldier armed with an axe; N. of Gaṇeśa; of Paraśu-rāma.
     paraśupāṇi paraśu-pāṇi, is, is, i, 'axe in hand', armed with an axe.
     paraśumat paraśu-mat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having an axe.
     paraśurāma paraśu-rāma, as, m. 'Rāma with the axe', an epithet of Rāma, son of the saint Jamad-agni, (the first of the three Rāmas and the sixth Avatāra or descent of the deity Viṣṇu who appeared in the world for the purpose of repressing the tyranny and punishing the violence of the Kshatriya or military caste; he seems to typify the tribe of Brāhmans and their contests with the Kshatriyas); N. of a modern prince by whose orders the Paraśurāma-prakāśa was composed.
     paraśurāmapratāpa paraśurāma-pratāpa, as, m., N. of a book mentioned in the Śūdra-dharma-tattva.
     paraśurāmaprādurbhāva pa-raśurāma-prādurbhāva, as, m. 'the manifestation of Paraśu-rāma', N. of the forty-fifth chapter of the Narasiṃha-Purāṇa.
     paraśurāmāvatāra paraśurāmāvatāra (-ma-av-), as, m. 'the descent of Paraśu-rāma', i. e. the incarnation of Viṣṇu in the form of Paraśu-rāma, N. of a chapter of the Khaṇḍa-praśasti (a poem ascribed to Hanu-mat).
     paraśurāmāvatārakathana paraśurāmāvatāra-ka-thana, am, n. 'story of the descent of Paraśurāma', N. of the fiftieth chapter of the Uttarakhaṇḍa or fifth part of the Padma-Purāṇa.
     paraśuvana pa-raśu-vana, am, n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell (containing a forest the leaves of which are axes).

paraśavya paraśavya, as, ā, am, fit or proper for a hatchet or axe; [cf. pāraśavya.]

paraśvadha paraśvadha, as, m. an axe, a hatchet; [cf. pāraśvadha, pāraśvadhika.]
     paraśvadhāyudha paraśvadhāyu-dha (-dha-āy-), as, ā, am, armed with an axe.

paraśvadhin paraśvadhin, ī, inī, i, provided or furnished with an axe.

paraśvadha paraśvadha or parasvadha. See above.

parasvat parasvat, ān, m., Ved. a species of animal, (perhaps) the wild ass; [cf. pārasvata.]

parā parā (connected with para, paras, and pra, probably an old inst. sing. of para, and used as an indeclinable and inseparable prefix to verbs and nouns in the sense of) away, off; back, backward; inverted order; aside; to, towards; over, on. According to native lexicographers the senses in which parā may be used are expressed by the following Sanskṛt words: ābhimukhya, prātilomya, gati, vi-krama, dharṣaṇa, hiṃsā (vadha), vi-mokṣa, bhṛśam, pratyā-vṛtti, bhaṅga, an-ādara, and nyag-bhāva; [cf. pareṇa, para-tas, pare: Zend para: Gr. [greek] Lat. per, pereo = parā-i, perdo = parā-dā: Osc. perum, 'without:' Goth. fra-, fair: Angl. Sax. for: Old Germ. far-, fer: Mod. Germ. ver-: Lith. par-, 'back, again;' per, 'through:' Hib. frea, far-, 'back, again.']

parātaram parā-taram, ind., Ved. further away.

parāka parāka. See under parāñc, col. 3.

parākāśa parā-kāśa, as, m., Ved. distant view, remote expectation.

parākṛ parā-kṛ, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to set aside, reject, disregard.

parākaraṇa parā-karaṇa, am, n. the act of setting aside, rejection, disregarding, disdaining.

parākurvat parā-kurvat, an, atī, at, setting aside, throwing off, rejecting, disdaining.

parākṛta parā-kṛta, as, ā, am, set aside, rejected, thrown off, disdained.

parākṛṣ parā-kṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -karṣati, -karṣṭum, -kraṣṭum, to draw or drag away; to draw down; to censure, revile.

parākṝ parā-kṝ, cl. 6. P. -kirati, -karitum, -karītum, to throw away, lose.

parākīrya parā-kīrya, ind. having thrown away; having forfeited.

parākram parā-kram, cl. 1. P. A. -kramati (ep. for -krāmati), -kramate, -kramitum, -krāntum, to march forward, advance; to march against, attack; to turn back; to display courage or spirit, display strength or heroism; show zeal, excel, distinguish one's self.

parākrama parā-krama, as, m. marching or going forth, advancing against, attacking, attack; heroism, prowess, valour, courage, power, strength, forcible means; exertion; attempt, endeavour, effort, enterprise; a N. of Viṣṇu; N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus; of a Vidyā-dhara prince, (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama, and Saṅ-krama.)
     parākramakeśarin parākra-ma-keśarin, ī, m., N. of a prince, son of Vikramakeśarin.
     parākramajña parākrama-jña, as, ā, am, knowing the strength (of an enemy).
     parākramavat parākrama-vat, ān, atī, at, valorous, spirited, heroic, courageous, possessed of power or strength.

parākramin parā-kramin, ī, iṇī, i, spirited, showing or displaying courage or strength, exerting power.

parākrānta parā-krānta, as, ā, am, turned back (e. g. pa-lāyane, in flight); advanced; valorous, strong, powerful, vigorous, bold, valiant, active, energetic.

parākrāntṛ parā-krāntṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, displaying valour, showing courage or strength, exerting power, heroic, a hero.

parākṣip parā-kṣip, cl. 6. P. A. -kṣipati, -te, -kṣeptum, to tear away from, to wrest away, to throw over, upset.

parākṣipta parā-kṣipta, as, ā, am, upset, thrown upside down; wrested away.
     parākṣiptamanas parākṣipta-manas, ās, ās, as, having the mind carried away or enraptured.

parākhyā parā-khyā, cl. 2. P. -khyāti, -khyā-tum, Ved. to see afar off.

parāga parāga, as, m. the pollen or farina of a flower; dust in general; fragrant powder used after bathing; sandal; an eclipse of the sun or moon; fame, celebrity; independance, following one's own inclinations; N. of a mountain.
     parāgavat parāga-vat, ān, atī, at, or parāgin, ī, iṇī, i, laden with pollen.

parāgam parā-gam, cl. 1. P. -gacchati, -gan-tum, Ved. to go away, pass away, depart; to die.

parāgata parā-gata, as, ā, am, departed, dead; spread, expanded; covered with, filled with, full of.

parāgā parā-gā, cl. 2. 3. P. -gāti, -jigāti, gātum, Ved. to go away, pass by or on one side, to escape.

parāṅgava parāṅgava, as, m. the ocean.

parāṅmukha parāṅ-mukha. See under parāñc.

parācar parā-car, cl. 1. P. -carati, -cari-tum, Ved. to go away, depart, retreat, retire.

parāji parā-ji, cl. 1. P. A. -jayati, -te, -jetum, to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow; to defeat in a lawsuit; to lose anything (acc.), be deprived of; to be conquered; to succumb, submit; to be overcome by (with abl., see Pāṇ. I. 4, 26).

parājaya parā-jaya, as, m. conquest, victory, mastering, conquering, overpowering; defeat, being overcome by (with abl.); loss, losing (at play or in a lawsuit); deprivation; turning away from, desertion.

parājayamāna parā-jayamāna, as, ā, am, overcoming, surpassing, defeating; being deprived of, losing.

parājit parā-jit, t, m., N. of a son of Rukma-kavaca.

parājita parā-jita, as, ā, am, conquered, defeated, overcome; overthrown, overpowered, defeated (at play), cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law.

parājiṣṇu parā-jiṣṇu, us, us, u, victorious; being conquered, defeated.

parāñc parāñc or parāc, āṅ, ācī, āk (fr. rt. 1. añc with parā, opposed to arvāñc or arvāc and praty-añc), directed towards (Ved.); turned away, averted; turning the back upon, having any one behind, standing behind; departing or retiring from (e. g. parāñcaḥ pitaraḥ, the departed Manes); not returning, irrevocable, (in these senses generally Ved.); situated beyond or on the other side (e. g. amuṣmāt parāñco lokāḥ, the worlds situated beyond that); distant; directed outwards or towards the outer world (e. g. parāñci khāni, the senses directed outwards); (āk or Ved. āṅ), ind. away, away from, in vain, to no purpose; outwards, towards the outer world.
     parāktva parāk-tva, am, n., Ved. not turning back; non-recurrence.
     parākpuṣpī parāk-puṣpī, f. Achyranthes Aspera (= apāmārga; cf. pratya-puṣpī).
     parāgdṛś parāg-dṛś, k, k, k, having the eye turned towards the outer world.
     parāṅmanas parāṅ-manas, ās, ās, as, having the mind or thoughts directed backwards.
     parāṅmukha parāṅ-mukha, as, ī, am, having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon; averted, turned away; turning away from, averse from (with loc.); disinclined towards, not caring about, regardless of (with loc. gen. or acc. with prati); avoiding, shunning; (as), m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons.
     parāṅmukhatā parāṅmukha-tā, f. or parāṅmukha-tva, am, n. turning away or averting the face; disinclination, repugnance, dislike, aversion, disgust.
     parāṅmukhaya parāṅmukhaya, Nom. P. parāṅmukhayati, to turn round, turn back or away.
     parāṅmukhīkṛ parāṅmukhī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to cause any one to turn back or avert the face, cause to retreat, put to flight.
     parāṅmukhībhū parāṅmukhī-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavitum, to turn away the face, turn the back upon, take to flight, retreat.

parāka parāka, distance from, (generally in loc. parāke, at a distance, or abl. parākāt, from a distance or at a distance); (as), m., N. of a Tri-rātra; N. of a sort of penance or religious vow of an expiatory kind, (said to consist in fasting for twelve days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued); a sacrificial sword or scimitar; a kind of disease; a species of animal; (as, ā, am), small.
     parākāttāt parākāt-tāt, ind. from a distance.

parācīna parācīna, as, ā, am, turned away, turned in an opposite direction, averted, averse from, disinclined to, not minding, not caring about; being on the opposite side, situated on the other side, being beyond; (am), ind. away from, beyond, after; more than.

parācais parācais, ind., Ved. away, aside, at the side of.

parāñcana parāñcana, am, n. turning away from, bending aside.

parāñcin parāñcin, ī, inī, i, Ved. not returning, not recurring.

parāñja parāñja, as, m. an oil-mill; froth or foam; the blade of a sword or knife; [cf. parañ-ja.]

parāṇa parāṇa, am, n., in vāyoḥ parāṇam, N. of a Sāman.

parāṇī parā-ṇī (parā-nī), cl. 1. P. A. -ṇa-yati, -te, -ṇetum, to lead back.

parāṇutti parā-ṇutti, is, f. (fr. rt. nud with parā), Ved. driving away, expulsion, expelling, removing.

parātaṃsa parā-taṃsa, as, m. (fr. rt. taṃs with parā), the being thrust or pushed aside.

parātaram parā-taram. See parā, p. 536.

parātras parā-tras, Caus. -trāsayati, -yi-tum, Ved. to scare away, drive away.

parādana parādana, as, m. a horse of the Persian breed.

parādā parā-dā, cl. 3. P. -dadāti, -dātum, Ved. to give up, give over, deliver, surrender, hand over; to give away, throw away, squander; to give away or exchange for (with dat.); to exclude from, (Bhāgavata-Purāṇa IV. 6, 5.)

parātta parātta, as, ā, am, given over, &c. (See Schol. on Pāṇ. VII. 4, 47.)

parādadi parādadi, is, is, i, Ved. giving up, giving over, delivering over.

parādāna parā-dāna, am, n., Ved. giving up, surrendering, giving away.

parādiś parā-diś, cl. 3. P. -dideṣṭi, -deṣṭum, Ved. to order off or command (anything), to be removed.

parādṛś parā-dṛś, cl. 1. P. -paśyati, -draṣṭum, Ved. to perceive, observe, behold.

parādru parā-dru, cl. 1. P. -dravati, -drotum, to run away from, flee away, escape.

parādhi parādhi, is, m. hunting, the chase.

parādhmā parā-dhmā, cl. 1. P. -dhamati, -dhmātum, Ved. to blow away.

parānasā parānasā, f. the practice of medicine, administering remedies, medical treatment.

parāpa parāpa, as, ā, am, m. f. n. (fr. parā + ap), a place &c. whence water has retired; (am), n., see Schol. on Pāṇ. VI. 3, 97.

parāpat parā-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -pati-tum, to fly away, escape; to depart; to fall out; to fail: Caus. -pātayati, to chase or drive away.

parāpatat parā-patat, an, antī, at, flying away; coming back quickly.

parāpātuka parā-pātuka, as, ā, am, Ved. miscarrying, abortive.

parāpur parā-pur, ūr, f., Ved. (according to the Commentator) a great body.

parāpū parā-pū, cl. 9. P. A. -punāti, -pu-nīte, -pavitum, Ved. to purify, cleanse away, lustrate.

parāprāsādamantra parāprāsāda-mantra, as, m. = prāsāda-parāmantra, N. of a kind of mystical prayer.

parābaba parābaba, am, n., N. of a Sāman.

parābhikṣa parā-bhikṣa, as, ā, am (probably a wrong reading for para-bhikṣa), living upon alms received from others.

parābhid parā-bhid, cl. 7. P. A. -bhinatti, -bhintte, -bhettum, to pierce, wound.

parābhū parā-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavi-tum (Ved. inf. parā-bhuve), to pass away, vanish, disappear; to perish, be lost, succumb, yield; to overcome, conquer; to harm, hurt, injure (with acc.): Caus. -bhāvayati, -yitum, to overthrow, conquer, subdue, destroy; (A.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss.

parābhava parā-bhava, as, m. passing away, vanishing, disappearance, coming to an end, dissolution, separation; defeat, discomfiture, overthrow, mortification, humiliation, vexation, injury, contempt, disrespect, disregard; destruction; N. of the fortieth (or fourteenth) year in Jupiter's cycle of sixty years.
     parābhavapada parābhava-pada, am, n. an object of contempt.

parābhāva parā-bhāva, as, m. defeat, overthrow, discomfiture.

parābhāvuka parā-bhāvuka, as, ā, am, approaching decline or destruction, about to pass away.

parābhūta parā-bhūta, as, ā, am, defeated, discomfited, overcome; degraded, humbled, treated with contempt.

parābhūti parā-bhūti, is, f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation; injury.

parābhṛ parā-bhṛ, cl. 3. P. A., Ved. -bibharti, -bibhṛte, &c., occurring only in the past pass. part. parā-bhṛta, as, ā, am, taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed.

parāmṛta 2. parā-mṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. one who has overcome death or is no longer subject todeath. (For 1. parāmṛta see p. 534, col. 3.)

parāmṛś parā-mṛś (sometimes incorrectly spelt parā-mṛṣ), cl. 6. P. -mṛśati, -marṣṭum, -mraṣṭum, to stroke, rub, touch, take hold of, grasp, clutch, seize, take; to handle roughly, violate (a woman), ravish, seduce; to have reference, point to: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched; to be referred to, to be meant.

parāmarśa parā-marśa, as, m. (sometimes incorrectly spelt parā-marṣa), seizing, dragging, pulling (e. g. ke-śa-p-, dragging by the hair); bending or drawing a bow; injuring, any act of violence, violation, assault, attack; affection (by disease &c.); remembering, recollection; reflection, consideration, thought; discrimination, judgment; (in logic) inference, conclusion; drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major.

parāmarśana parā-marśana, am, n. recollection, remembering; reflection, consideration.

parāmarśin parā-marśin, ī, inī, i, calling or bringing to mind, reminding, referring to.

parāmṛṣṭa parā-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, touched, handled, seized, grasped, roughly treated, violated; afflicted by (disease &c.); weighed, considered, judged; connected with, referred to; endured.

parāyaṇa parāyaṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. 5. i with parā, or in some senses fr. para + ayana), going away, departure (Ved.); way of departure, exit (Ved.); final end or aim, last resort or refuge; principal object, chief aim or purport; essence, sum, summary; parāyaṇaṃ kṛ, to do one's utmost, to do all one can; (often at the end of a comp. with fem. ā, in the sense of) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted to, zealously engaged in, wholly occupied with, intent on, affected by, wholly possessed by; (according to some authorities parā-yaṇam, n., has also the sense of a religious order or division); (as), m., N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya; (as, ā, am), principal, being the chief or final end or aim, attached to, adhering to (with acc.); connected with; dependant on, subject to; leading to, conducive to.
     parāyaṇavat parāyaṇa-vat, ān, atī, at, occupying the principal or highest point, most elevated.

parāyatta parāyatta. See p. 534, col. 3.

parāru parāru, us, m. a species of gourd, Momordica Charantia; [cf. kāravella.]

parāruka parāruka, as, m. a stone or rock; (another reading has pavāruka.)

parārtha parārtha, parārdha, parārdhya. See p. 534, col. 3.

parāvac parā-vac, cl. 2. P. -vakti, -vaktum, Ved. to contradict.

parāvāka parā-vāka, as, m., Ved. contradiction.

parokta parokta (-rā-uk-), as, ā, am, Ved. contradicted.

parocya parocya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be contradicted.

parāvat parā-vat, t, f., Ved. distance; (opposed to arvā-vat.)

parāvata parāvata, am, n. a species of plant (= parūṣaka).

parāvara parāvara. See p. 535, col. 1.

parāvarta parā-varta. See 1. parā-vṛt.

parāvasu parā-vasu, us, us, u, Ved. keeping off wealth; (us), m., N. of the fortieth year in Jupiter's cycle of sixty years [cf. parā-bhava]; N. of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu); also of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu).

parāvaha parā-vaha, as, m. (fr. rt. vah with parā), N. of one of the seven winds, (the other six being called ā-vaha, ud-vaha, pari-vaha, pra-vaha, vi-vaha, and saṃ-vaha.)

parāvāka parā-vāka. See parā-vac above.

parāvṛj 1. parā-vṛj, cl. 7. 1. P. -vṛṇakti, -varjati, -varjitum, to lose; to depart, depart from life.

parāvṛj 2. parā-vṛj, k, m., Ved. banished (from society), humbled, miserable, an outcast (?); (according to the Scholiast) N. of a person.

parāvṛt 1. parā-vṛt, cl. 1. A. (P. in Fut., Cond., and Aor.) -vartate, -vartitum, to turn back, return, to turn round.

parāvarta parā-varta, as, m. turning back, turning round; retreat; reversal of a sentence; exchange, barter; restoration.

parāvartana parā-vartana, am, n. turning back, turning round.

parāvartin parā-vartin, ī, inī, i, turning back, turning round, taking to flight (in battle).

parāvartya parā-vartya, as, ā, am, to be turned back, to be exchanged; to be reversed (as a sentence); to be given back or restored.
     parāvartyavyavahāra parāvartya-vyava-hāra, as, m. appeal (in law).

parāvṛt 2. parā-vṛt, t, m., N. of a son of Rukma-kavaca.

parāvṛtta parā-vṛtta, as, ā, am, turned back, returned, fled, retreated; turned round, revolved; exchanged; reversed (as a judgment); given back, restored.

parāvṛtti parā-vṛtti, is, f. turning back, turning round, revolving; returning, retreating, return; exchange, barter; reversion of a sentence or judgment; restoration of property; recoiling; not taking effect.

parāvedī parāvedī, f. = bṛhatī, q. v.

parāvyādha parā-vyādha, as, m. (fr. rt. vyadh with parā), a stone's throw, the range of any missile.

parāśara parā-śara. See parā-śṝ below.

parāśas parā-śas, as, f. (fr. rt. śaṃs with parā), Ved. (perhaps) calumny, defamation.

parāśṝ parā-śṝ, cl. 9. P. -śṛṇāti, -śaritum, -śarītum, to kill, destroy; to repel.

parāśara parā-śara, as, m., Ved. a destroyer; N. of a Nāga; N. of a son of Vasiṣṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasiṣṭha; (according to the epic poems) the father of Vyāsa, (he was author of certain hymns in the Ṛg-veda [I. 65--73 and part of IX. 97] and is also described as a law-giver.)
     parāśaradarśana parāśara-darśana, am, n., N. of the 134th chapter of the Krīḍā-khaṇḍa of the Gaṇeśa-Purāṇa.
     parāśarapurāṇa parāśara-purāṇa, am, n., N. of a work.
     parāśarabhaṭṭa parāśara-bhaṭṭa, as, m., N. of a poet, author of the Guṇa-ratna-kośa-stotra.
     parāśarabhāṣya parāśara-bhāṣya, am, n., N. of a work mentioned in the Śūdradharma-tattva.
     parāśarasmṛti parāśara-smṛti, is, f., N. of a law-book.
     parāśarasmṛtivyākhyā parāśarasmṛti-vyākhyā, f., N. of a commentary on the preceding law-book by Mādhava.
     parāśareśvara parāśareśvara (-ra-īś-), as, m., N. of a Liṅga.
     parāśareśvaratīrtha parāśareśvara-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place mentioned in the Śiva-Purāṇa.

parāśarin parāśarin, ī, m. a beggar, a wandering mendicant; [cf. pārāśarin.]

parāśvas parā-śvas, cl. 2. P. -śvasiti, -śva-situm, to put trust in, confide in (with loc.).

parāśvasya parā-śvasya, ind. having put trust or confidence in (with loc.).

parās parās (parā-as), cl. 4. P. parās-yati, parāsitum, to throw away, cast aside (Ved.); expose (a new-born child, Ved.); to expel; to abandon, leave; to throw back, reject, repudiate.

parāsa parāsa, as, m. the range or distance of anything thrown; (am), n. tin.

parāsana parāsana, am, n. killing, slaughter, massacre.

parāsin parāsin, ī, inī, i, throwing, measuring the distance of anything thrown.

parāsisiṣu parāsisiṣu, us, us, u, desirous to throw or cast or send; wishing to overcome.

parāsta parāsta, as, ā, am, thrown; expelled; defeated.

parāsya parāsya, as, ā, am, to be thrown or cast away.

parāsu parāsu (parā-asu), us, us, u, one whose vital spirit is departing or departed, dying, at the point of death, expiring, lifeless, dead.
     parāsukaraṇa pa-rāsu-karaṇa, as, ā, am, causing death, killing.
     parāsutā parāsu-tā, f. or parāsu-tva, am, n. death, extinction; apathy, want of spirit, spiritlessness.

parāskandin parāskandin, ī, inī, i (fr. parā + āskandin), a robber, thief.

parāstotra parā-stotra, N. of a work.

parāhan parā-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -hantum, to overthrow, strike down, throw away, cast away, drive away, drive on, impel.

parāhata parā-hata, as, ā, am, struck down or back; driven back, repelled, repulsed; struck, assailed; driven on; (am), n. a stroke.

pari pari (an indeclinable particle and prefix to verbs and their derivative nouns; often parī in composition; allied to para, parā, pra), round, around, about, round about; further, in addition to; against, opposite to, in the way; much, excessively.

     (As a separable preposition, especially in the Veda), around, about (with acc., e. g. madhyan-dinam pari, about midday); against, opposite to, towards, to (with acc., e. g. vṛkṣam pari, in the direction of a tree; tvā pari, against thee); to the share of (with acc., e. g. yan mām pari syāt, what may fall to my lot); beyond, more than (with acc., e. g. dai-vīm pari vāk, a voice more than divine); after, successively, severally (with acc. distributively, e. g. vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree); from, away from, out of (with abl. after verbs of motion, e. g. samudrād uta vā divaḥ pari, out of sea or sky); outside of, except, with exception of (with abl., e. g. pari trigartebhyaḥ, round about or outside Tri-garta); after the lapse or expiration of (with abl., e. g. pari saṃvatsarāt, after the lapse of a full year); in consequence of, on account of, for the sake of (with abl., e. g. rakṣasaḥ pari, on account of the Rakshas); according to, in accordance with (with abl., e. g. dharmaṇaḥ pari, according to the ordinance); above, over (Ved. according to the Scholiast = adhi, upari).

     (As an adverbial prefix to nouns not immediately connected with verbs), very, excessively (e. g. pary-aśru, very tearful; pari-durbala, excessively weak).

     At the beginning of an adverbial comp. pari implies outside, without, except, exclusive of (e. g. pari-trigartam, outside Trigarta, Pāṇ. II. 1. 12, VI. 2, 33; and according to Pāṇ. II. 1, 10, it may be used in this sense at the end of an adverbial comp., but only after akṣa, śalākā, and a numeral). At the beginning of an adjective comp., according to Pāṇ. (II. 2, 18, Vārt. 7), pari may be used in the sense of pari-glāna, exhausted, (but pary-adhyayana is said to mean 'one to whom study is repugnant.') Native lexicographers explain the senses of pari by the following Sanskṛt words: ā-liṅgana, doṣākhyāna (doṣa-kīrtana), nir-asana (ni-vasana), pūjā, bhūṣaṇa, vyādhi, vy-āpti, upa-rama, śoka, śeṣa, ati-śaya, tyāga, ni-yama; [cf. Zend pairi; Gr. [greek] Lat. per-in adj., e. g. per-idoneus: probably Old Germ. furi; Old Iceland. fyri; Mod. Germ. für; Hib. faoi, 'about, round.']

parikathā pari-kathā, f. a work of fiction, tale, story, the history or adventures of any fabulous person.

parikampa pari-kampa, as, m. trembling violently, great fear or terror.

parikampin pari-kampin, ī, inī, i, trembling violently.

parikara pari-kara, pari-karman. See under pari-kṛ below.

parikartana pari-kartana. See 1. pari-kṛt.

parikarṣa pari-karṣa. See 1. pari-kṛṣ.

parikal 1. pari-kal (see rt. 2. kal), cl. 10. P. -kālayati, &c., to drive about, chase, persecute.

parikal 2. pari-kal (see rt. 3. kal), cl. 10. P. -kalayati, &c., to see, observe; to consider as, regard as.

parikalkana pari-kalkana, am,  n. deceit, cheating; [cf. kalkana.]

parikāṅkṣita pari-kāṅkṣita, as, m. a devotee, a religious ascetic.

parikāyana parikāyana (?), ās, m. pl., N. of a school.

parikīrṇa pari-kīrṇa. See pari-kṝ, col. 3.

parikīrtana pari-kīrtana. See pari-kṝt.

parikup pari-kup, cl. 4. P. A. -kupyati, -te, &c., to become greatly moved or excited, to suffer violent emotion, to be in a rage, be very angry: Caus. -kopayati, -yitum, to excite violently; to make very angry.

parikopa pari-kopa, as, m. great or violent anger.

parikūṭa pari-kūṭa, am, n. a barrier, a trench before the gate of a town forming a sort of covered way; (as), m., N. of a Nāga-rāja.

parikṛ pari-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -ku-rute, -kartum, to surround; [cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ.]

parikara pari-kara, as, ī, am, who or what helps or assists, a helper; (as), m. attendants, dependants, retinue, train, followers (in these senses also ās, m. pl.); a multitude, crowd; preparation (parikaram bandh or kṛ, to make preparations); beginning, commencement, effort; a girdle for confining a loose garment, a girth, zone, sash, a cloth worn round the loins; (in dramatic language) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in the plot of a drama, the germ of the Vīja; (in rhetoric) a particular figure, the employment of allusive epithets; discrimination, judgment.

parikartṛ pari-kartṛ, tā, m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married.

parikarman pari-karman, ā, m. a servant, an assistant, a slave; (a), n. the act of surrounding or attending on (any one), worship, adoration; personal decoration, dressing, painting, or perfuming the body; perfuming the person after bathing; cleansing, purifying; a means of purification; preparation; arithmetical computation or operation.
     parikarmāṣṭaka parikarmāṣṭaka (-ma-aṣ-), am, n. the eight fundamental rules of arithmetic, viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square root, finding the cube and extracting the cube root.

parikarmaya pari-karmaya, Nom. P. parikarmayati, &c., to anoint, decorate, adorn.

parikarmin pari-karmin, ī, iṇī, i, adorning, decorating, &c.; (ī, iṇī), m. f. an assistant, a servant, slave.

parikṛta pari-kṛta, as, ā, am, surrounded, (Mahā-bh. Anuśāsana-p. 5044.)

parikriyā pari-kriyā, f. surrounding, inclosing, inclosing with a fence or ditch, intrenching; attending to (a sacred fire &c.), attention; (in dramatic language) allusion to future action, = pari-kara.

parikṛt 1. pari-kṛt, cl. 6. P. -kṛntati, -kartitum, to cut round, clip, cut off; to exclude from.

parikartana pari-kartana, as, ā, am, cutting up, cutting to pieces; (am), n. cutting, cutting off or round, a circular incision; cutting out, shelling; a shooting pain.

parikartikā pari-kartikā, f. sharp shooting pain, especially in the rectum.

parikṛt 2. pari-kṛt, cl. 7. P. -kṛṇatti, -kartitum, to wind round.

parikṛśa pari-kṛśa, as, ā, am, very thin, emaciate, wasted.

parikṛṣ 1. pari-kṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -karṣati, -karṣṭum, -kraṣṭum, to draw or drag about, to carry about with one; to lead (an army); to ponder, reflect constantly upon; cl. 6. P. A. -kṛṣati, -te, (Ved.) to draw or make furrows, to plough: Caus. -karṣayati, -yitum, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble.

parikarṣa pari-karṣa, as, m. or pari-karṣaṇa, am, n. dragging about.

parikarṣita pari-karṣita, as, ā, am, dragged about; harassed, tortured (e. g. kāma-p-, tortured with love).

parikarṣin pari-karṣin, ī, iṇī, i, dragging away, carrying off, carrying about (to every place).

parikṛṣṭa pari-kṛṣṭa, as, m., N. of a teacher.

parikṝ pari-kṝ, cl. 6. P. -kirati, -karitum, -karītum, to scatter or strew about, scatter round, besprinkle; to surround; to deliver over.

parikīrṇa pari-kīrṇa, as, ā, am, spread, diffused, scattered around or about; surrounded, crowded about.

parikṝt pari-kṝt, cl. 10. P. -kīrtayati, -yitum, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, communicate; to celebrate, praise, glorify; to propound; to declare, pronounce; to account; to call, name: Pass. -kīrtyate, to be called.

parikīrtana pari-kīrtana, am, n. proclaiming aloud, proclaiming, stating, saying, telling, talking of; boasting; naming.

parikīrtita pari-kīrtita, as, ā, am, proclaimed, promulgated, announced; vaunted, boasted of; said, declared, called.

parikḷp pari-kḷp, cl. 1. A. -kalpate, -kal-pitum, -kalptum (the simple verb appears only to occur in the part.): Caus. -kalpayati, -yitum, to fix, settle, decide, determine; to destine for; to perform, execute, effect, accomplish, make, form, invent; to contrive, arrange; to distribute; to invite.

parikalpana pari-kalpana, am, n. deciding, fixing, settling, agreeing upon; making, inventing, forming, contriving, performing; furnishing, providing, dividing, distributing; (ā), f. making, forming, assuming a form or shape; contrivance; reckoning.

parikalpita pari-kalpita, as, ā, am, settled, decided, agreed upon; made, invented; contrived, arranged; distributed, divided; provided with, furnished with.

parikalpya pari-kalpya, as, ā, am, to be settled, to be calculated.

parikḷpta pari-kḷpta, as, ā, am, existing or occurring here and there, distributed.

parikrand pari-krand, Caus. P. -krandayati, -yitum, Ved. to cry or make a noise round about.

parikram pari-kram, cl. 1. P. -krāmati, -kra-mitum, -krāntum, to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, go round, roam about for pleasure, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.); to outstrip, overtake: Intens. -caṅkramīti, to move or walk about continually, turn round perpetually.

parikrama pari-krama, as, m. walking round or about, walking for pleasure, circumambulating, going about, going over, passing over, roaming, walking, going; pervading, penetrating; succession; series, order.
     parikramasaha parikrama-saha, as, m. 'one who bears running about', a goat.

parikramaṇa pari-kramaṇa, am, n., Ved. walking about, going or roaming about.

parikramat pari-kramat, an, antī, at, moving or wandering about.

parikramya pari-kramya, ind. having walked round or about.

parikrānta pari-krānta, as, ā, am, walked round, stepped upon; (am), n. the place or spot on which any one has walked about or stepped, foot-steps, foot-prints, traces.

parikrānti pari-krānti, is, f. moving round, revolution, circumrotation.

parikrāmat pari-krāmat, an, antī, at, going or moving round or about.

parikrāmam pari-krāmam, ind., Ved. going about, [cf. a-pa-rikrāmam.]

parikriyā pari-kriyā, f. See pari-kṛ, p. 538.

parikrī 1. pari-krī, cl. 9. P. -krīṇāti, -kre-tum, to purchase, buy, give in exchange, acquire, gain (with inst. or dat. of the price, e. g. śatena or śatāya pari-krī, to buy for a hundred); to hire, engage for hire or for stipulated wages; A. -krīṇīte, -kretum, to recompense, reward.

parikraya pari-kraya, as, m. hire, wages; redemption, purchasing or purchasing back, buying off; a particular kind of treaty, a peace purchased with money.

parikrayaṇa pari-krayaṇa, am, n. engaging for hire, hiring.

parikrī 2. pari-krī, Ved., N. of the second Sādyaskra.

parikrīṇāna pari-krīṇāna, as, ā, am, purchasing, buying.

parikrīta pari-krīta, as, ā, am, purchased, bought; hired.

parikrīḍ pari-krīḍ, cl. 1. P. A. -krīḍati, -te, -krīḍitum, to play about.

parikrudh pari-krudh, cl. 4. P. -krudhyati, -kroddhum, to fly into a rage or passion, to become enraged.

parikruś pari-kruś, cl. 1. P. -krośati, -kroṣṭum, to go about crying, to wail, lament.

pariklam pari-klam, cl. 4. P. -klāmyati, -klamitum, to be tired out or exhausted.

pariklānta pari-klānta, as, ā, am, very tired, tired out, exhausted.

pariklid pari-klid, cl. 4. P. -klidyati, -kle-ditum, -klettum, to be very wet or damp.

pariklinna pari-klinna, as, ā, am, very wet, excessively moist or humid.

parikleda pari-kleda, as, m. humidity, wetness, dampness.

parikledin pari-kledin, ī, inī, i, wetting, moistening; wet.

parikliś pari-kliś, cl. 9. P. -kliśnāti, -kle-śitum, -kleṣṭum, to pain, torment, harass, vex; cl. 4. P. A. -kliśyati, -te, to suffer, feel pain; to be vexed or troubled or harassed.

parikliśa pari-kliśa, as, m. (?), vexation, trouble.

parikliṣṭa pari-kliṣṭa, as, ā, am, much vexed or annoyed, sorely troubled, pained, harassed, exhausted, fatigued; (am), n. pain, suffering, vexation; (am), ind. with a feeling of uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly.

parikleśa pari-kleśa, as, m. hardship, fatigue.

parikleṣṭṛ pari-kleṣṭṛ, ṭā, ṭrī, ṭṛ, causing pain or trouble, a tormentor, torturer.

parikvaṇana pari-kvaṇana, as, ā, am (fr. rt. kvaṇ with pari), loud-sounding, loud.

parikṣan pari-kṣan or pari-kṣaṇ, cl. 8. P. A. -kṣaṇoti, -kṣaṇute, -kṣaṇitum, to wound, hurt, injure.

parikṣata pari-kṣata, as, ā, am, wounded, hurt, injured, abraded, cut, scratched; killed.

parikṣati pari-kṣati, is, f. wounding, injury, lesion.

parikṣaya pari-kṣaya. See pari-kṣi below.

parikṣar pari-kṣar, cl. 1. P. -kṣarati, -kṣaritum, to stream or flow round, flow or stream towards.

parikṣal pari-kṣal, cl. 10. P. -kṣālayati, -yitum, to wash out, rinse, wash off.

parikṣālana pari-kṣālana, am, n. water for washing.

parikṣava pari-kṣava, as, m. (fr. rt. kṣu with pari), Ved. (ill-omened) sneezing.

parikṣā pari-kṣā, f. (fr. rt. kṣai with pari?), clay, mud, dirt.

parikṣāṇa pari-kṣāṇa, am, n., Ved. that which is charred or burnt to a cinder.

parikṣāma pari-kṣāma, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. kṣai with pari), excessively emaciated or wasted away, dried up, fallen away.

parikṣi pari-kṣi (see rt. 4. kṣi), cl. 5. 9. P. -kṣiṇoti, -kṣiṇāti, -kṣetum, to destroy, put an end to: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted; to be brought low; to become poor.

parikṣaya pari-kṣaya, as, m. disappearing, ceasing, failure, ruin; dissolution, decay, waste, destruction.

parikṣīṇa pari-kṣīṇa, as, ā, am, vanished, disappeared; quite decayed, wasted, emaciated, worn away; exhausted; brought low; entirely ruined; diminished, decreased; lost, destroyed; (in law) insolvent.

parikṣit pari-kṣit or parī-kṣit (see rt. 2. kṣi), Ved. spreading round or about, extending; ('living about or among mankind'), an epithet of Agni; (au), du. an epithet of heaven and earth; (t), m., N. of an ancient king, a son of Abhi-manyu and father of Janam-ejaya; of a son of Kuru and father of another Janam-ejaya; of a son of A-vikshit and brother of Janam-ejaya; of a king of A-yodhyā.

parikṣip pari-kṣip, cl. 6. P. A. -kṣipati, -te, -kṣeptum, to throw over or beyond; to put or lay or wind round; to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace; to overlay; to fetter; to throw or put into.

parikṣipta pari-kṣipta, as, ā, am, thrown about, scattered, diffused; surrounded, encircled, intrenched; overspread, overlaid; struck; left, abandoned.

parikṣepa pari-kṣepa, as, m. throwing about, moving to and fro; scattering, spreading, diffusion; surrounding, encircling, circumfluence; an encircling belt or boundary, that by which anything is surrounded; being surrounded; abandoning, leaving.

parikṣepaka pari-kṣepaka, as, ā, am, who or what scatters or disperses or surrounds.

parikṣepin pari-kṣepin, ī, iṇī, i, who or what throws about, scatters, or distributes, &c.

parikṣīva pari-kṣīva, as, ā, am, drunk, quite intoxicated.

parikhaṇḍaya pari-khaṇḍaya, Nom. P. -khaṇ-ḍayati, -yitum, to make small, humiliate, conquer.

parikhan pari-khan, cl. 1. P. A. -khanati, -te, -khanitum, to dig round, dig up.

parikhā pari-khā, f. a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort; N. of a village in the North country.
     parikhāsthita parikhā-sthita, as, ā, am, secure, impregnable.

parikhāta pari-khāta, as, ā, am, dug round; (as), m. a furrow, rut.

parikhid pari-khid, cl. 4. P. -khidyati, -khettum, to be depressed, to feel uneasy or disturbed, to be afflicted: Caus. -khedayati, -yitum, to trouble, afflict, injure, destroy.

parikhinna pari-khinna, as, ā, am, depressed, afflicted, exhausted.

parikheda pari-kheda, as, m. lassitude, fatigue, sleepiness, exhaustion, being worn out.

parikhyā pari-khyā, cl. 2. P. (in the nonconjugational tenses also A.) -khyāti, -khyātum, to look round or about, look at, perceive (Ved.); to observe, regard, consider; to overlook, disregard (Ved.).

parikhyāta pari-khyāta, as, ā, am, regarded as; called, named; celebrated, famous.

parikhyāti pari-khyāti, is, f. reputation, fame, celebrity.

parigaṇa pari-gaṇa, as or am, m. or n. (?), a house.

parigaṇaya pari-gaṇaya, Nom. P. -gaṇayati, -yitum, to count over, reckon up completely, enumerate one by one; to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect.

parigaṇana pari-gaṇana, am, n. or pari-gaṇanā, f. complete or accurate enumeration, accurate calculation or statement.

parigaṇanīya pari-gaṇanīya, as, ā, am, to be enumerated completely, to be stated accurately.

parigaṇita pari-gaṇita, as, ā, am, enumerated, calculated, reckoned; a-parigaṇita, as, ā, am, not counted, innumerable; a-parigaṇita-tva, am, n. the state of not being enumerated, innumerableness.

parigaṇya pari-gaṇya, as, ā, am, calculable, to be calculated or enumerated, to be stated with accuracy.

parigam pari-gam, cl. 1. P. -gacchati, -gan-tum, to go round, walk or step round; to wander over; to encircle, surround, embrace, inclose; to spread on all sides, extend everywhere, extend towards; to go away, depart, die; to come to or attain any state or condition (e. g. śāntim pari-gam, to become appeased): Caus. -gamayati, -yi-tum, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time).

pariga pari-ga, as, ā, am, going round, surrounding.

parigata pari-gata, as, ā, am, gone round, encircled, surrounded, encompassed; diffused, spread; overwhelmed, distressed, overcome; filled, possessed of, affected by, afflicted with; known, understood; obtained, gained; performed; forgotten; obstructed.

parigama pari-gama, as, m. or pari-gamana, am, n. going round, surrounding; spreading, extending; knowing, ascertaining; obtaining.

parigamita pari-gamita, as, ā, am, brought, conducted, driven.

parigarj pari-garj, cl. 1. P. -garjati, -gar-jitum, to roar, cry.

parigarvita pari-garvita, as, ā, am, very proud.

parigarh pari-garh, cl. 1. P. A., cl. 10. P. -garhati, -te, -garhayati, -garhitum, -garhayitum, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse.

parigarhaṇa pari-garhaṇa, am, n. excessive blame, censure.

parigal pari-gal, cl. 1. P. -galati, -galitum, to fall down or drop on all sides; to sink down.

parigalita pari-galita, as, ā, am, tumbled down; sunk; flowing, fluid; melted.

parigā pari-gā, cl. 2. 3. P. -gāti, -jigāti, gātum, to go round, go round in a circle; to spread everywhere or in all directions, permeate, pervade, overspread; to come near, approach, reach, come upon; to go out of the way; to disregard; to investigate, ascertain, obtain knowledge of.

pariguṇaya pari-guṇaya, Nom. P. -guṇa-yati, -yitum, to repeat, reiterate.

parigup pari-gup, cl. 1. P. -gopāyati, -gop-tum, to protect: Desid. A. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (with abl.).

parigai pari-gai, cl. 1. P. -gāyati, -gātum, to go about or walk round singing, to sing or celebrate everywhere, proclaim to all the world.

parigīti pari-gīti, is, f. a kind of metre.

parigrah pari-grah (Ved. pari-grabh), cl. 9. P. A. -gṛhṇāti, -ṇīte (Ved. -gṛbhṇāti, -ṇīte), -grahītum, to take hold of, lay hold of on both sides; embrace, surround, encircle, enfold, envelop; fence round, hedge round; to wrap round, put round; to put on (as a dress or ornament), to dress; to seize, clutch, hold, grasp, catch, take or carry along with one; to support; to take possession of, master, overpower, overturn; to take (in war); to accept, receive; to conceive, comprehend; to take (food); to take upon one's self, undertake, undergo; to receive (hospitably or kindly); to take (a wife), marry; to take (by the hand), assist; to have regard to, conform to, follow, adopt; to surpass, excel; (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated, (see under pari-graha.)

parigṛhīta pari-gṛhīta, as, ā, am, taken hold of on both sides, grasped, clutched; embraced, surrounded; taken, accepted; admitted, consented to, assented to; followed, obeyed; opposed, checked.

parigṛhīti pari-gṛhīti, is, f., Ved. grasping, comprehension; summing up.

parigṛhītṛ pari-gṛhītṛ, incorrect form for pari-grahītṛ.

parigṛhya 1. pari-gṛhya, as, ā, am, to be taken or accepted, to be regarded, &c.; (ā), f. a woman.

parigṛhya 2. pari-gṛhya, ind. having taken or seized; in company with, together with, along with, along; considering, regarding.
     parigṛhyavat parigṛhya-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. containing the word pari-gṛhya.

parigraha pari-graha, as, m. laying hold of, seizing, grasping; surrounding, encircling; embracing, spanning; enclosing, fencing round (the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows); wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.); assuming (a form or shape); comprehension; taking together, summing up, sum, totality; taking, accepting, receiving, acceptance [cf. a-parigraha]; anything received, a present; assenting to, assent; taking possession of, attaining, obtaining; possession, property (e. g. ar-tha-p-, possession of wealth; prāṇa-p-, possession of vital spirit or life; parigraham pari-tyajya, having given up all one's property); choosing, selecting; claiming, claim; admitting or receiving any one (into one's house), entertaining; an entertainer; taking the hand, assisting, assistance; taking a wife (lit. taking her by the hand), marrying, marriage; a wife; a husband; honouring, favouring; reverence, homage; grace, favour, patronage, (tvat-parigrahāt, by thy favour); apprehending, understanding, comprehension, conception; undertaking, performing; subjugtion, making subservient; dominion; chastising, punishing, punishment; connection, concern, relation; adherents, dependants, attendants, train, retinue, family, suite, the seraglio of a prince, household; a house, an abode; taking away, removing; an eclipse of the sun; root, origin; a curse, imprecation, oath; the rear or reserve of an army, (various reading for prati-graha); (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti; the form which precedes the word iti.
     parigrahatva pari-graha-tva, am, n. state of a wife, condition of being a wife, marriage.
     parigrahadvitīya parigraha-dvitīya, as, ā, am, accompanied by one's wife or family.
     parigrahamaya pa-rigraha-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of a family.
     parigrahavat parigraha-vat, ān, atī, at, possessed of wealth, having property.

parigrahaka pari-grahaka, as, ā, am, grasping, taking hold of; undertaking.

parigrahaṇa pari-grahaṇa, am, n. wrapping round, putting on.

parigrahin pari-grahin, ī, iṇī, i, possessing, attached to worldly possessions or property.

parigrahītṛ pari-grahītṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, taking hold of; one who assists, an assister, assisting; one who receives (another into his house), an adoptive father; (tā), m. a husband.

parigrāha pari-grāha, as, m. the fencing round (of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows; if of the northern altar, called uttara-parigrāha; if of the eastern, pūrva-parigrāha).

parigrāhya pari-grāhya, as, ā, am, to be treated kindly or hospitably, to be addressed with kind words.

pariglai pari-glai, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -glāyati (-te), -glātum, to be wearied out, be exhausted; to feel repugnance to or aversion from (with dat.).

pariglāna pari-glāna, as, ā, am, wearied out, languid, exhausted; averse from.

parigha pari-gha, as, m. (fr. rt. han with pari), an iron beam or bar used for locking or shutting a gate [cf. argala]; a bar, obstacle, hindrance (figuratively); an iron bludgeon or stick studded with iron, an iron club; a child which assumes a peculiar cross-position in birth; a line of clouds crossing the sun at sun-rise or sun-set; the gate of a palace, of a town, of a house; (in astron.) N. of the nineteenth Yoga; killing, striking, destroying, a blow; a pitcher, water-jar; a glass pitcher; N. of one of Skanda's attendants; N. of a Cāṇḍāla; of a certain virtuous man; (au), m. du. two birds flying one on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen).
     parighaprāṃśubāhu parigha-prāṃśu-bāhu, us, m. one whose arm is as long as an iron beam.
     parighabāhu parigha-bāhu, us, m. one whose brawny arm resembles a knotty club.
     parighopama parighopama (-gha-up-), as, ā, am, resembling an iron club.

parighāta pari-ghāta, as, m. killing, striking; removing out of the way, getting rid of; a club, an iron bludgeon.

parighātana pari-ghātana, am, n. striking, hurting, killing; a club or bludgeon armed with iron.

parighātin pari-ghātin, ī, inī, i, destroying, annihilating; setting at nought; transgressing (e. g. in nṛpājñā-parighātin, transgressing the commands of a king).

parighaṭ pari-ghaṭ, Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, -yi-tum, to strike, sound; to cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument).

parighaṭṭ pari-ghaṭṭ, cl. 10. P. -ghaṭṭayati, -yitum, to stir round or about; to press or touch on all sides; to rub; to stir up; to open.

parighaṭṭana pari-ghaṭṭana, am, n. stirring round, stirring up.

parighaṭṭita pari-ghaṭṭita, as, ā, am, stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly.

parigharghara pari-gharghara (?), a low murmuring sound.

parigharmya pari-gharmya, as, m. a vessel for preparing the hot sacrificial beverage.

parighāta pari-ghāta. See under pari-gha.

parighūrṇ pari-ghūrṇ, cl. 1. P. A. -ghūrṇati, -te, -ghūrṇitum, to whirl about, shake to and fro, flutter, tremble.

parighṛṣ pari-ghṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -gharṣati, -gharṣitum, to rub or pound to pieces.

parighṛṣṭika pari-ghṛṣṭika, as, ā, am, (perhaps) one who eats only what is pounded (?).

parighoṣa pari-ghoṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. ghuṣ with pari), sound, noise; thunder; improper speech.

parighrā pari-ghrā, cl. 1. A. -jighrate, -ghrā-tum, to kiss passionately, cover with kisses.

parijighramāṇa pari-jighramāṇa, as, ā, am (Mahā-bh. Strī-p. 616), kissing passionately.

paricakra pari-cakra, as, m., N. of a section of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka; (ā), f., N. of a town.

paricakṣ pari-cakṣ, cl. 2. A. -caṣṭe (see rt. cakṣ), to overlook, pass over, despise; to reject; to declare (guilty), report, proclaim; to speak of, mention, relate; to admit, own, acknowledge; to call, name; to address (with acc.); to answer.

paricakṣā pari-cakṣā, f., Ved. rejection, disapproval, disapprobation.

paricakṣya pari-cakṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be despised or disapproved.

paricaturdaśa pari-caturdaśa, as, m. or pari-caturdaśan, a, m. f. n. pl. fully fourteen.

paricapala pari-capala, as, ā, am, always moving about, very volatile.

paricar pari-car, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -carati (-te), -caritum (ep. -cartum), to move or walk about, roam about, go round (with acc.); to attend upon, attend to, wait upon, serve, honour (with acc.): Caus. P. -cārayati, -yitum, to surround; A. -cārayate, to beset; to be served or waited upon.

paricara pari-cara, as, ā, am, roaming about; moving, flowing; movable (as certain verses which may be put at the beginning, middle, or end of a hymn); an attendant, companion, servant, assistant; a guard, patrol, city watchman, body-guard; a commander-inchief (?); attendance, homage, service.

paricaraṇa pari-caraṇa, as, m. an assistant, a servant; (am), n. going about; serving, attending upon, attention to.

paricaraṇīya pari-caraṇīya, as, ā, am, to be served or attended on; belonging to attendance, &c.

paricaritavya pari-caritavya, as, ā, am, to be attended on or served or worshipped.

paricaritṛ pari-caritṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who serves or attends upon, an attendant, servant.

paricarya pari-carya, as, ā, am, to be attended upon or served or honoured; (ā), f. waiting upon, attendance, service, dependance; devotion, veneration, adoration, worship.
     paricaryāvat paricaryā-vat, ān, atī, at, attended upon, waited upon, honoured, respected.

paricāra pari-cāra, as, m. attendance, service, homage; a place for walking; an attendant, assistant, a servant.

paricāraka pari-cāraka, as, ikā, am, attending; (as), m. an assistant, a servant, attendant, guard; (ikā), f. a female attendant, waiting-maid.

paricāraṇa pari-cāraṇa, am, n. attending upon, attendance, serving.

paricārika pari-cārika, as, m. an attendant, assistant, a servant; (ās), m. pl. fried grain; (ikā), f. a female attendant or servant, a waiting-maid.

paricārin pari-cārin, ī, iṇī, i, going about in all directions, moving about, movable; attending on, serving, paying homage to; (ī), m. an attendant, a servant.

paricārya pari-cārya, as, ā, am, to be served or obeyed, to be worshipped.

paricartana pari-cartana. See pari-cṛt, p. 541, col. 1.

paricarmaṇya paricarmaṇya, am, n. (fr. pari-carman), a strip of leather.

parical pari-cal, cl. 1. P. -calati, -calitum, to move, stir: Caus. -cālayati, -yitum, to cause to move round, turn round.

parici 1. pari-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -nute, -cetum, to pile up, heap up, accumulate; to collect; to augment, increase; to gather in, acquire, obtain; to fill with: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow.

paricaya 1. pari-caya, as, m. (for 2. see under 2. pari-ci, p. 541, col. 1), heaping up, accumulation.
     paricayavat 1. pari-caya-vat, ān, atī, at, accumulated, collected; complete, finished.

paricayanīya 1. pari-cayanīya, as, ā, am, to be collected or accumulated.

paricāyya pari-cāyya, as, m., scil. agni, a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle; raising the rent or revenue of land (?).

paricit pari-cit, t, t, t, Ved. piling up or arranging all around.

paricita 1. pari-cita, as, ā, am, heaped, accumulated, filled with.

paricetavya 1. pari-cetavya, as, ā, am, to be collected together or accumulated.

pariceya 1. pari-ceya, as, ā, am, to be collected all round or from every side.

parici 2. pari-ci, cl. 3. P. -ciketi, -cetum, Ved. to examine, investigate, search; to familiarize one's self with, accustom one's self to, exercise one's self in, practise; to become acquainted with: Caus. A. -cāyayate, -yitum, to search, seek for.

paricaya 2. pari-caya, as, m. (for. 1. see under 1. pari-ci, p. 540, col. 3), acquaintance, familiarity, familiar intercourse, conversancy, intimacy; knowledge; recognition; meeting with a friend; trial, practice, repetition, frequent repetition.
     paricayavat paricaya-vat, ān, atī, at, intimately acquainted, accurately known.

paricayanīya 2. pari-cayanīya, as, ā, am, to be known.

paricita 2. pari-cita, as, ā, am, known, acquainted or familiar with.
     paricitabhū paricita-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, having (its) place well known.

pariciti pari-citi, is, f. acquaintance, familiarity.

paricetavya 2. pari-cetavya, as, ā, am, to be known, fit or proper to be known.

pariceya 2. pari-ceya, as, ā, am, to be known; to be investigated or searched.

paricint pari-cint, cl. 10. P. -cintayati, -yitum, to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider well; to call to mind, recollect, remember; to think out, invent, devise.

paricintaka pari-cintaka, as, ā, am, reflecting about, meditating on (with gen.).

paricihnaya pari-cihnaya, Nom. P. -cihna-yati, -yitum, to mark, sign, subscribe.

paricihnita pari-cihnita, as, ā, am, marked, subscribed.

paricud pari-cud, Caus. P. -codayati, -yi-tum, to set in motion, wield, brandish; to drive, impel, urge, incite; to promote, further; to exhort.

paricodita pari-codita, as, ā, am, wielded, brandished; impelled, incited.

paricumb pari-cumb, cl. 1. P. -cumbati, -cumbitum, to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses.

paricumbana pari-cumbana, am, n. the act of kissing heartily or passionately.

paricṛt pari-cṛt, cl. 6. P. -cṛtati, -car-titum, to wind round; to tie or fasten together.

paricartana pari-cartana, am, n., Ved. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail.

paricchad 1. pari-cchad (pari-chad), cl. 10. P. -cchādayati, -yitum, to envelop, wrap round, cover, cover up, clothe; to conceal, disguise; to surround with.

paricchad 2. pari-cchad, t, f. retinue, train, attendants; paraphernalia; (at the end of a comp.) surrounded by, provided with (see senā-p-).

paricchada pari-cchada, as, m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, clothes; surroundings, domestic utensils or implements, goods and chattels, personal property, furniture; court, retinue, train, attendants, family, dependants; necessaries for travelling; paraphernalia, baggage; (at the end of a comp.) furnished or provided with (e. g. anna-pāna-paricchada, provided with food and drink); adorned with.

paricchanda pari-cchanda, as, m. retinue, train, suite, attendants.

paricchanna pari-cchanna, as, ā, am, invested, enveloped, covered, covered over, clothed, clad; overlaid; concealed, disguised; surrounded with (a retinue &c.).

paricchid pari-cchid (pari-chid), cl. 7. P. A. -cchinatti, -cchintte, -cchettum, to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through, cut off, cut to pieces; to wound, mutilate; to separate, divide, part; to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, define, discriminate, decide, determine; to form a just estimate of, weigh duly, assure one's self; to avert, obviate.

paricchitti pari-cchitti, is, f. accurate definition, limiting, limit, measure; partition, separation.

paricchidya pari-cchidya, ind. having cut off; having fixed or defined; having decided.

paricchinna pari-cchinna, as, ā, am, cut off, divided, detached; reaped; confined, limited, small; obviated, remedied.

pariccheda pari-ccheda, as, m. cutting, severing, parting, division, separation, discrimination (of false from true), accurate distinction or definition; distinguishing between the good and the bad, the right and the wrong, the expedient and inexpedient; discernment, discretion; exact discrimination, determination, decision; judgment, limit, boundary, moderation; the division of a book, a section or chapter; a segment; obviating, remedying.
     paricchedakara pariccheda-kara, as, m., N. of a Sam-ādhi.

paricchedaka pari-cchedaka, as, ā, am, separating, defining, determining; (am), n. limitation, limit, measure.

paricchedana pari-cchedana, am, n. dividing, division; discriminating; the division of a book; joyful laughter (?).

paricchedya pari-cchedya, as, ā, am, to be accurately defined or limited, definable; to be estimated; to be weighed, to be measured.

paricyu pari-cyu, cl. 1. A. -cyavate, -cyo-tum, to fly off from (as arrows from a bow); to depart or deviate from, to swerve from or transgress (with abl.); to be displaced or ejected from (with abl.); to be removed from, deprived of, lose, forfeit; to be released or freed from, to escape; to descend or come down; to stream round.

paricyuta pari-cyuta, as, ā, am, fallen from, swerved from; deprived of, lost; ruined; streaming with, surrounded by streams (as of blood).

paricyuti pari-cyuti, is, f. falling down.

parijana pari-jana, as, m. a surrounding company of people, attendants, servants, followers, family; suite, train, court, retinue (especially of females); a single servant.

parijanman pari-janman, ā, m. the moon; fire; [cf. pari-jman.]

parijap pari-jap, cl. 1. P. -japati, -japitum, to whisper to, to whisper or mutter (prayers) in a low voice, talk about.

parijapita pari-japita, as, ā, am, muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice.

parijalp pari-jalp, cl. 1. P. -jalpati, -jal-pitum, to chatter; prate about, talk about, speak of (with acc.).

parijalpita pari-jalpita, am, n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected or ill used by her lover.

parijā pari-jā, f. (fr. rt. jan with pari), Ved. place of origin, source.

parijāḍya pari-jāḍya, as, ā, am, (perhaps) completely rigid or motionless.

parijātaka pari-jātaka, am, n., N. of a work on domestic rites.

pariji pari-ji, cl. 1. P. A. -jayati, -te, -jetum, to conquer, overpower.

parijayya pari-jayya, as, ā, am, to be conquered, to be mastered.

parijṝ pari-jṝ, cl. 4. P. A. -jīryati, -te, -jaritum, -jarītum, to become worn out or old, to wear out; to become withered, to fade; to be digested.

parijīrṇa pari-jīrṇa, as, ā, am, worn out, old; withered.

parijñā 1. pari-jñā, cl. 9. P. A. -jānāti, -jā-nīte, -jñātum, to notice, observe, perceive, recognise; to learn, become acquainted with, ascertain, make sure of, know thoroughly, know exactly or accurately, comprehend.

parijñapti pari-jñapti, is, f. conversation, discourse; recognition.

parijñā 2. pari-jñā, f. knowledge, accurate ascertainment.

parijñāta pari-jñāta, as, ā, am, thoroughly known, ascertained, learnt.

parijñātṛ pari-jñātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower; wise, intelligent.

parijñāna pari-jñāna, am, n. perception, thorough knowledge, learning, complete acquaintance, ascertainment, experience, discrimination.

parijñāya pari-jñāya, ind. having fully known or ascertained, having become aware of.

parijñeya pari-jñeya, as, ā, am, to be recognised or ascertained; comprehensible; (a-parijñeya, incomprehensible.)

parijman pari-jman, ā, ā, a (probably fr. rt. gam with pari), Ved. running or walking or driving round (said of the sun, of the chariot of the Aśvins, and of the Aśvins themselves, but according to the commentator applied to the wind); (ā), m. the moon; fire; (an), ind. (Ved. loc. used as adv.), on all sides, round about, everywhere.

parijri pari-jri, is, is, i, Ved. running round, hastening about, spreading everywhere.

parijvan pari-jvan, ā, m. the moon; a sacrificer; a servant; fire; [? cf. pari-jman.]

pariḍī pari-ḍī, cl. 1. A. -ḍayate, -ḍīyate, -ḍayitum, to fly round.

pariḍīna pari-ḍīna or pari-ḍīnaka, am, n. the flight of a bird in circles, flying round.

pariṇam pari-ṇam, cl. 1. P. A. -ṇamati, -te, -ṇantum, to stoop (as an elephant about to strike), bend down, bend aside; to change into, be transformed into (with inst.); to become ripe or mature, ripen; to be digested; to become old, grow old; to set (as the sun); to elapse (as time): Caus. -ṇama-yati or -ṇāmayati, to make ripe, ripen, mature; to bring to an end, pass (as the night); to bend one's self down, stoop, bend to one side: Pass. of Caus. -ṇāmyate, to become ripe, ripen.

pariṇata pari-ṇata, as, ā, am, bent down, bowed down, curved, deflected; stooping; changed or transformed into (with inst.); ripened, ripe, mature; digested; full grown, advanced in age, perfected; set (as the sun); elapsed; (as), m. an elephant stooping to strike with his tusks or that gives a side blow with the tusks; (am), n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit (?).
     pariṇataśarad pariṇata-śarad, t, f. the latter part of the autumn.

pariṇati pari-ṇati, is, f. bending down, bowing; change, alteration, transformation, transmutation; the becoming ripe, ripening, ripeness, maturity; consequence, result, issue, effect; end, close, the last stage or conclusion of anything; fulfilment.

pariṇamana pari-ṇamana, am, n. change, transformation, changing into (with inst.).

pariṇamayitṛ pari-ṇamayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, causing to bend or bow, bending; causing to ripen, bringing to maturity.

pariṇāma pari-ṇāma, as, m. change, alteration, transformation; alteration of food, digestion; result, consequence, issue, effect, event; end, close, termination, last stage or state, conclusion [cf. duṣ-p-]; advance in age, growing old; lapse (of time); a particular figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared; (e), ind. finally, lastly, in the end, afterwards; at the close of life.
     pariṇāmadarśin pariṇāma-darśin, ī, inī, i, looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any act or event), prepared for a change, provident; prudent.
     pariṇāmadṛṣṭi pariṇāma-dṛṣṭi, is, f. foresight, providence.
     pariṇāmanirodha pariṇāma-nirodha, as, m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude, as birth, growth, death, &c.
     pariṇāmapathya pariṇāma-pathya, as, ā, am, suited to a future state or condition.
     pariṇāmaśūla pari-ṇāma-śūla, as, m. pain resulting from the changes of the food in indigestion, violent and painful indigestion, flatulence with pain, colic.

pariṇāmaka pari-ṇāmaka, as, ikā, am, effecting a change, causing vicissitudes (as time).

pariṇāmika pariṇāmika, as, ā, am, resulting from change, produced by alteration.

pariṇāmin pari-ṇāmin, ī, inī, i, changing, altering, subject to transformation, changeable.
     pariṇāmitva pariṇāmi-tva, am, n. liability to change, mutability.

pariṇinaṃsu pari-ṇinaṃsu, us, us, u, about to stoop, about to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant).

pariṇah pari-ṇah, cl. 4. P. A. -ṇahyati, -te, -ṇaddhum, to bind round, tie round, gird, wrap round; to encircle, span, embrace, surround.

pariṇaddha pari-ṇaddha, as, ā, am, bound round, wrapped round; of great span or compass, broad, large.

pariṇahana pari-ṇahana, am, n. binding round, girding on, wrapping round.

pariṇāha pari-ṇāha, as, m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery; (sometimes spelt parī-ṇāha, q. v.)
     pariṇāhavat pariṇāha-vat, ān, atī, at, having a wide compass or circumference, round, large, big.

pariṇāhin pari-ṇāhin, ī, inī, i, having a wide compass or circumference, big, large; (at the end of a comp.) having the circumference of (e. g. mattebha-kum-bha-p-, q. v.).

parīṇah parī-ṇah, t, f., Ved. encompassing, pervading, spreading over; a trunk or chest on a carriage; N. of a place on the Saras-vatī.

parīṇāha parī-ṇāha, as, m. = pari-ṇāha above; a piece of common land encircling a village or city; an epithet of Śiva.

pariṇiṃsaka pari-ṇiṃsaka, as, ā, am (fr. rt. niṃs with pari), tasting, eating; kissing; an eater (= bhakṣayitṛ).

pariṇiṃsā pariṇiṃsā, f. tasting, eating; kissing.

pariṇidhā pari-ṇi-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -da-dhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, Ved. to place or lay round.

pariṇinaṃsu pari-ṇinaṃsu. See above.

pariṇimā pari-ṇi-mā (rt. 2. or 4. mā?), cl. 3. A. -mimīte, -mātum, see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 17.

pariṇime pari-ṇi-me, cl. 1. A. -mayate, mātum, see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 17.

pariṇirmā pari-ṇir-mā (rt. 4. mā), cl. 2. P., 3. 4. A. -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, to mark off, to limit; to settle, determine.

pariṇiṣṭhā pari-ṇiṣṭhā, f. perfect skill or conversancy.

pariṇihan pari-ṇi-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -hantum, to strike.

pariṇighnat pari-ṇighnat, an, atī, at, striking.

pariṇī pari-ṇī, cl. 1. P. A. -ṇayati, -te (anom. perf. in epic poetry, parīṇayām-āsa), -ṇetum, to lead about, to lead or conduct round, bear or carry round; (especially) to lead a bride and bridegroom or a bride round the sacrificial fire (with two acc.); to marry, (said of a bridegroom); to lead forward; to trace out, discover, investigate: Caus. -ṇāyayati, -yitum, to pass or spend (time).

pariṇaya pari-ṇaya, as, m. leading round, (especially) leading the bride round the sacred fire, marriage, (nava-pariṇayā, a newly married woman.)

pariṇayana pari-ṇayana, am, n. the act of leading round, (especially) leading round the sacred fire; marrying, marriage.

pariṇāya pari-ṇāya, as, m. leading round; moving a piece at chess, draughts, &c.; a move (at chess).

pariṇāyaka pari-ṇāyaka, as, m. a leader, guide, (a-pari-ṇāyaka, being without a guide); a husband.

pariṇīta pari-ṇīta, as, ā, am, led round; married; (in Mahā-bh. Vana-p. 13739, probably) completed, finished, executed.

pariṇetṛ pari-ṇetṛ, tā, m. 'one who leads round', a husband.

pariṇeya pari-ṇeya, as, ā, am, to be led round; (ā), f. to be led round the fire (as a bride), to be married.

paritakana pari-takana, am, n. (fr. rt. tak with pari), running round or about.

paritakmya pari-takmya, as, ā, am, Ved. causing anxiety or uneasiness, insecure, unsafe, perilous, dangerous; (ā), f. error; night, darkness.

paritaḍ pari-taḍ, cl. 10. P. -ṭādayati, -yi-tum, to touch, strike against, strike.

paritan pari-tan (see rt. 3. tan), cl. 5. P. A. -tanoti, -tanute, -tanitum, Ved. to stretch round, clasp round, embrace, surround.

paritatnu pari-tatnu, us, us, u, Ved. stretching round, embracing, clasping round, surrounding.

parītat parī-tat, t, t, t, spread all around, extended in every direction.

paritap pari-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -taptum, to burn or scorch all round, burn excessively, set on fire, kindle; to feel or suffer pain; to mortify the body, undergo penance, practise austerities: Pass. -tapyate (rarely -tapyati), to feel or suffer pain; to undergo penance, mortify the flesh: Caus. -tāpa-yati, -yitum, to scorch; to cause great pain, torment, torture.

paritapta pari-tapta, as, ā, am, surrounded with heat, heated, scorched, burnt; tormented.

paritapti pari-tapti, is, f. great pain or sorrow, anguish, torture.

paritāpa pari-tāpa, as, m. glow, heat, scorching heat; pain, anguish, grief, sorrow, affliction; fear, trembling; N. of a particular hell.

paritāpin pari-tāpin, ī, inī, i, burning hot, very hot; causing much pain or sorrow, causing anguish, torturing, tormenting.

paritam pari-tam, cl. 4. P. -tāmyati, -ta-mitum, to gasp for breath, to be oppressed.

paritark pari-tark, cl. 10. P. (ep. also A.) -tarkayati, -te, -yitum, to think about, reflect about, ponder upon; to reflect, consider; to examine (judicially).

paritarkaṇa pari-tarkaṇa, am, n. consideration, reflection; pondering upon (with gen.).

paritarkita pari-tarkita, as, ā, am, thought about; examined; (a-paritarkita, not examined, unexpected.)

paritarj pari-tarj, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -tarjati, -te, &c., to threaten, menace.

paritas pari-tas, ind. (fr. pari), around, round about, all around, on all sides, on every side, to all sides, everywhere, in every direction, from all parts; round (as a prep. with acc. or gen.).

paritāpa pari-tāpa. See pari-tap above.

paritāraṇīya pari-tāraṇīya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. tṝ with pari), to be delivered or liberated, to be saved or redeemed.

paritikta pari-tikta, as, ā, am, extremely bitter; (as, am), m. or n. (?), Melia Azedarach.

paritud pari-tud, cl. 6. P. A. -tudati, -te, -tottum, to trample down, stamp upon, pound.

parituṣ pari-tuṣ, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) -tuṣyati, -te, -toṣṭum, to be quite satisfied with (with gen. or loc.); to feel complete satisfaction, be much pleased, be very glad: Caus. -toṣayati, -yi-tum, to satisfy completely, to please much or gratify; to appease; to flatter.

parituṣṭa pari-tuṣṭa, as, ā, am, completely satisfied, much pleased, delighted, very glad.
     parituṣṭātman parituṣṭāt-man (-ṭa-āt-), ā, ā, a, contented in mind.

parituṣṭi pari-tuṣṭi, is, f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight.

paritoṣa pari-toṣa (rarely parī-toṣa), as, m. complete satisfaction, gratification, contentment, pleasure, delight, glee; delight in (with loc. or gen., e. g. guṇini paritoṣaḥ, delight in a virtuous person).
     paritoṣavat pari-toṣa-vat, ān, atī, at, satisfied, contented, glad.

paritoṣaṇa pari-toṣaṇa, as, ā, am, satisfying, gratifying, who or what satisfies or makes content; (am), n. satisfying, satisfaction, gratification.

paritoṣayitṛ pari-toṣayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who satisfies completely, who or what gratifies, pleasing or making very glad.

paritoṣin pari-toṣin, ī, iṇī, i, completely satisfied, contented.

paritṛd pari-tṛd, cl. 7. P. A. -tṛṇatti, tṛntte, -tarditum, Ved. to pierce through, pierce (with a spear), thrust through.

paritṛp pari-tṛp, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) -tṛpyati, -te, -tarpitum, -tarptum, -traptum, to be completely satisfied or contented: Caus. -tarpa-yati, -yitum, to satiate or satisfy completely, sate; to relish; to refresh.